1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
786 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
787 it with what you just typed.
792 to get back the lost text.
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
802 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
805 \begin_layout Standard
808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
810 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
815 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
827 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
828 will start a new paragraph.
831 \begin_layout Standard
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
833 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Section
940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
952 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
953 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
962 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
968 to undo some mistake.
969 If you accidentally undo too much, use
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
982 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
989 it was last saved, the
990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
997 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
998 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1010 work on almost everything in LyX.
1011 They have some quirks, too.
1020 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1021 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1029 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1030 surely appreciate how it works.
1033 \begin_layout Section
1035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1036 name "Mouse Operations"
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1047 \begin_layout Enumerate
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1057 once anywhere in the edit window.
1058 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1079 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1082 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1085 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1102 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1103 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1104 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1123 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1126 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1140 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1141 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1143 LyX's default is CUA.
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1173 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1184 description "Tabulator key"
1190 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1191 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1194 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1204 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sub:Lists"
1213 If you're still confused, look in the
1220 \begin_layout Labeling
1221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1227 description "Escape key"
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1242 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1258 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 There are three modifier keys:
1266 \begin_layout Labeling
1267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1287 description "Control key"
1291 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1292 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1296 \begin_layout Itemize
1305 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1308 \begin_layout Itemize
1317 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1320 \begin_layout Itemize
1329 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1333 \begin_layout Labeling
1334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1354 description "Shift key"
1358 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1359 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1362 \begin_layout Labeling
1363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1381 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1383 description "Meta or Alt key"
1387 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1388 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1389 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1395 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1397 menu accelerator keys
1400 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1401 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 For example, the sequence
1407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 There are also other things bound to the
1463 key, but you'll have to check in the
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1477 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1478 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1479 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1480 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1481 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1482 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 followed by a capital
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1522 \begin_layout Chapter
1524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1532 \begin_layout Section
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 name "Document ! Types"
1542 \begin_layout Subsection
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1548 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1549 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1550 numbering schemes, and so on.
1551 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1552 and format the title of your document differently.
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1560 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1561 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1562 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1563 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1564 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1569 how to adjust their properties.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1575 name "Document ! Classes"
1580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1581 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 Article for basic articles
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 Report for basic reports
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Book for writing a book
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Letter for US-style letters
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1616 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1617 can be found in chapter
1619 Special Document Classes
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1632 \begin_layout Description
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1648 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1652 \begin_layout Description
1653 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1654 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1655 There are three article layouts available.
1656 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1657 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1658 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1659 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 sequential numbering
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1668 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1669 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1670 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1671 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1674 \begin_layout Description
1675 Beamer Layout for presentations
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1680 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1686 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1693 \begin_layout Description
1696 Die TeXnische Komödie
1698 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1702 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Foils Used to make transparencies
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1715 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1721 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1734 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1741 \begin_layout Description
1746 LaTeX document class
1749 \begin_layout Description
1750 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1753 \begin_layout Description
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1765 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1766 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1768 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1771 \begin_layout Description
1772 Slides Used to make transparencies
1775 \begin_layout Description
1777 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1778 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1785 \begin_layout Description
1790 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1802 of the document classes.
1805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 You can select a class using the
1812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1815 name "Document ! Settings"
1822 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 Each class has a default set of options.
1832 Here's a quick table describing them:
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset Tabular
1845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1901 \begin_layout Standard
1916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <row topline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1992 \begin_layout Standard
2007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2010 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <row topline="true">
2027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <row topline="true">
2118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2212 \begin_layout Standard
2226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 You're probably also wondering what
2314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2324 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2329 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2334 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2344 headings, there are also
2352 headings, and so on.
2353 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sub:Headings"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Layout"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2380 name "Document ! Settings"
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2403 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2405 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2406 to use for your document.
2407 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2411 \begin_layout Standard
2421 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2422 You can choose between the following five options:
2425 \begin_layout Labeling
2426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2431 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2434 \begin_layout Labeling
2435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2440 No page numbers or headings.
2443 \begin_layout Labeling
2444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2452 \begin_layout Labeling
2453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2458 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2459 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2460 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2463 \begin_layout Labeling
2464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2469 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2474 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2481 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2482 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2484 Check the documentation for the
2488 package for more details,
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2502 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2505 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2512 \begin_layout Subsection
2513 Paper Size and Orientation
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2515 name "Document ! Paper size"
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2521 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 You'll find the following options in the menu
2534 of the dialog of the
2536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2543 name "Document ! Settings"
2550 \begin_layout Labeling
2551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2556 What size paper to print on.
2560 \begin_layout Itemize
2566 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2588 \begin_layout Itemize
2594 \begin_layout Itemize
2600 \begin_layout Itemize
2606 \begin_layout Labeling
2607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2612 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2623 \begin_layout Labeling
2624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2627 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2634 \begin_layout Subsection
2636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2637 name "Document ! Margins"
2642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 Paper margins are set in the menu
2659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 name "Document ! Settings"
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2674 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2675 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2676 the paper format and the font size into account.
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2689 That includes the paragraph environments.
2690 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2691 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2692 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2693 paragraph environments to
2697 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2698 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2699 the conversion and why it failed.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2712 \begin_layout Subsection
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2743 language than English.
2744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2749 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2752 LyX takes care of that.
2753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2757 of a page, and so on.
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2772 of these pre-coded spacings.
2773 We'll explain more later.
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2777 Paragraph Separation
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2779 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 To separate paragraphs, select
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Document ! Settings"
2811 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2812 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2813 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2830 reference "cap:Units"
2835 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2851 dialog and toggle the
2856 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2857 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2858 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2864 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2867 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2870 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2883 name "Document ! Settings"
2889 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2903 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2909 installed to use this feature.
2917 \begin_layout Section
2918 Paragraph Environments
2919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2920 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2925 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2926 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2932 name "Paragraph environments|("
2939 \begin_layout Subsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2967 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2968 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2969 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2978 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 A paragraph environment is simply a
2983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2990 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2991 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2992 scheme, labels, and so on.
2993 Additionally, you can
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3002 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3003 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3004 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3005 days of typewriters.
3006 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3008 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3014 LyX will change the environment of the
3018 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3019 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3020 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3033 create a new paragraph using the
3037 paragraph environment.
3039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 because if you are in one of these environments:
3049 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 \begin_layout Itemize
3061 \begin_layout Itemize
3067 \begin_layout Itemize
3073 \begin_layout Itemize
3079 \begin_layout Itemize
3085 \begin_layout Itemize
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3096 , rather than resetting it to
3101 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3102 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3103 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3106 reference "sec:Nesting"
3111 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3116 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3117 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3125 \begin_layout Subsection
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 The default paragraph environment is
3135 It creates a plain paragraph.
3136 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3137 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3138 this manual) are in the
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 You can nest a paragraph using the
3150 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3158 \begin_layout Subsection
3160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3161 name "Document !Title"
3168 \begin_layout Standard
3169 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3178 for thanks or contact information.
3179 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3180 page along with today's date.
3181 For other types of documents, the title
3182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3189 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3208 Here's how you use them:
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3212 Put the title of your document in the
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 Put the author name in the
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3229 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3235 Note that using this environment is optional.
3236 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3237 If you don't want any date, add the line
3247 to the preamble of your document (menu
3249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You can use footnotes to insert
3257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3264 or contact informations.
3267 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3270 name "Section headings"
3275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3285 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3291 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3303 \begin_layout Enumerate
3309 \begin_layout Enumerate
3315 \begin_layout Enumerate
3321 \begin_layout Enumerate
3327 \begin_layout Enumerate
3333 \begin_layout Enumerate
3339 \begin_layout Enumerate
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3346 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3347 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3348 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3353 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3354 You group the book into chapters.
3355 LyX does similar grouping:
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3363 is divided in either
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3396 \begin_layout Itemize
3408 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3441 Not all document types use the
3445 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3450 is the top-level heading.
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3463 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3464 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3466 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3481 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3493 \begin_layout Enumerate
3499 \begin_layout Enumerate
3505 \begin_layout Enumerate
3511 \begin_layout Enumerate
3517 \begin_layout Enumerate
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3534 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3545 Changing the Numbering
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3556 in the Table of Contents.
3557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3559 Certain classes start with
3573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3583 This is something you can change.
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3596 name "Document ! Settings"
3604 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3608 you'll see two counters.
3613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3620 Short Titles of Headings
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3638 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3647 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3648 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3649 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3654 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3655 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3656 To specify a short title, use the menu
3658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 This will insert a box labeled
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3679 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3680 This also works for captions inside floats.
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 The following information applies to all section headings:
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3696 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3708 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3712 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3730 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3731 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3732 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3733 the text they contain.
3734 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3742 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3755 when you start a new paragraph.
3756 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3760 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3761 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3762 to change back to the
3766 environment yourself.
3769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3779 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3795 time for the differences.
3804 are identical except for one difference:
3808 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3817 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3820 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Here's an example of the
3834 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3836 See -- no indentation!
3840 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3841 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3842 the other paragraph.
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 Here's another example, this time in the
3853 \begin_layout Quotation
3859 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3860 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3861 the first line, then
3865 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3869 you were quoting other text.
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3873 Here's a new paragraph.
3874 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3875 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 As the examples show,
3883 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3884 They should put quotes in the
3889 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3893 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3903 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3936 Which I did not rehearse!
3940 It could be much worse.
3941 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3943 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3944 indented a bit more than the first.
3945 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3952 And make things look fine
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3966 does not indent both margins.
3967 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3968 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3979 \begin_layout Subsection
3981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3987 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4006 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4015 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4016 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4017 some general features of all four of them.
4020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4027 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4036 reset the environment to
4040 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4041 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4042 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4047 to break paragraphs.
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4052 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4054 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4055 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4058 reference "sec:Nesting"
4066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4073 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4091 paragraph environment.
4092 It has the following properties:
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4096 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4104 \begin_layout Itemize
4105 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The items can have any length.
4111 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4112 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 environment inside another
4128 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4140 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 See section\InsetSpace ~
4143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4144 reference "sec:Nesting"
4148 for a full explanation of nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4162 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4167 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4168 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 The label for the first level
4176 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4181 The label for the second level is a dash.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Back out to the third level.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back to the second level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the outermost level.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 These are the default labels for an
4215 You can customize these labels in the
4217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4220 dialog in the submenu
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4228 name "Document ! Settings"
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4237 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4238 in section\InsetSpace ~
4240 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4241 reference "sec:Nesting"
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4255 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4261 name "sec:Enumerate"
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4273 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4274 It has these properties:
4277 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 environment resets the counter to one.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4314 Items can have any length.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4340 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 The first level of an
4352 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4356 \begin_layout Enumerate
4357 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Back to the third level
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the second level.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the outermost level.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4396 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4401 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 There is more to nesting
4410 environments than we've stated here.
4411 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4418 to learn more about nesting.
4421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4428 name "Lists ! Description"
4433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4434 name "sec:Description-List"
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4446 list has no fixed label.
4447 Instead, LyX uses the first
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 of the first line as the label.
4459 \begin_layout Description
4460 Example: This is an example of the
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 it is meant that the first hit of the
4485 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4487 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4499 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4503 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4510 for more info.) Here is an example:
4513 \begin_layout Description
4515 Example: This one shows how to use a
4517 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4527 \begin_layout Description
4528 Usage: You should use the
4532 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4533 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4535 It's not a good idea to use a
4539 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4540 You're better off using
4552 paragraphs into them.
4555 \begin_layout Description
4556 Nesting: You can nest
4560 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4566 them from the first line.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4576 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4594 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4607 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4608 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4611 \begin_layout Labeling
4612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4614 labels LyX uses the first
4615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4622 of each line as the item label.
4627 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4628 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4629 blank as described above.
4632 \begin_layout Labeling
4633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4634 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4635 the body of the item text.
4636 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4637 label width plus a little extra space.
4641 \begin_layout Labeling
4642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4646 If the label width is larger, the label
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 into the first line.
4655 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4656 margin of the rest of the item text.
4659 \begin_layout Labeling
4660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4661 default\InsetSpace ~
4662 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4667 environment have the same left margin.
4669 To change the default width, select
4670 all items in the list.
4673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4680 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4683 determines the default label width.
4684 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 multiple times instead.
4694 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4705 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4708 every time you alter a label in a
4714 The predefined default width is the length of
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4735 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment the same way like the
4752 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4758 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4769 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4770 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4773 reference "sec:Nesting"
4777 to learn about nesting.
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There is yet another feature of the
4785 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4787 You can use additional
4791 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4796 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4804 Here are some examples:
4807 \begin_layout Labeling
4808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4809 Left The default for
4816 \begin_layout Labeling
4817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4824 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4827 \begin_layout Labeling
4828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4837 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4840 \begin_layout Subsection
4842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4875 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4876 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4877 In contrast, you can use the
4886 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4887 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 Of course, you're not limited to using
4907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4908 some European academic papers.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4914 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4926 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4927 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4933 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4934 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4935 Here's an example of each:
4938 \begin_layout Right Address
4945 When is it? What is today?
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4956 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4957 Here's an example of the
4964 \begin_layout Address
4967 Where do I send this
4969 Your post office and country
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 As you can see, both
4982 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4987 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4993 This makes sense, since
5001 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5002 Thus, you have to use
5012 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5013 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 menu) to start a new line in an
5033 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5039 or list of references.
5040 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5061 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5062 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5063 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5067 in anything else or vice versa.
5073 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5074 The book document classes ignores the
5078 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5082 in a letter document class.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5090 environment does several things for you.
5091 First, it puts the centered label
5092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5100 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5102 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5103 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5104 the subsequent text.
5105 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5106 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5114 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5115 The new paragraph will still be in the
5120 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5121 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 \begin_inset Float figure
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5132 \begin_inset Graphics
5133 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Caption
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5146 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5172 environment, but since this document is in the
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5180 class, we can't do this.
5181 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5184 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5189 If you've never heard of an
5190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5197 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment is used to list references.
5226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5227 only use it at the end of the document.
5232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 When you first open a
5240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 depending on the document class.
5257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5258 Each paragraph of the
5262 environment is a bibliography entry.
5267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5268 Each new paragraph is still in the
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5277 in section\InsetSpace ~
5279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5280 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5292 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5310 environment is another LyX extension.
5311 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5316 key as a fixed whitespace;
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5331 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5334 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5339 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5340 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 So, when you finish using the
5363 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5364 Also, you can nest the
5368 environment inside of others.
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5428 You must put at least one
5432 in any line you want blank.
5433 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5441 since that will insert
5446 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5454 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5465 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5469 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 printf("Hello World!
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 This is just the standard
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5509 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5510 rc-files, and so on.
5511 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5512 as if you used a typewriter.
5513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5514 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5521 \begin_layout Section
5522 Nesting Environments
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5537 \begin_layout Subsection
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5544 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5546 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5548 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5584 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5586 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5592 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5600 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5601 will tell you how far you are nested).
5602 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5603 \begin_inset Graphics
5604 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5609 \begin_inset Graphics
5610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5614 or the convenient key bindings
5622 to change the nesting level.
5623 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5624 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5630 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5631 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5632 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5637 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5639 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5642 \begin_layout Subsection
5643 What You Can and Can't Nest
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5648 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5653 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5654 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5657 \begin_layout Itemize
5658 Completely unnestable
5661 \begin_layout Itemize
5662 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5663 other things inside of them.
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5672 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5673 environments have them:
5676 \begin_layout Description
5677 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5678 Can't nest into them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 \begin_layout Itemize
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5770 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 Nestable You can nest them.
5792 You can nest other things into them.
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5820 \begin_layout Itemize
5826 \begin_layout Itemize
5832 \begin_layout Itemize
5838 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Description
5846 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5847 You can't nest anything into them.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5890 \begin_layout Subsection
5891 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5893 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5899 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5907 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5908 affected by nesting anyhow.
5912 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5934 If you put a figure or a table in a
5938 , this is no longer true.
5943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5946 reference "sec:Floats"
5950 for more informations about
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5959 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of its own, it behaves just like a
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 paragraph environment.
5981 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5986 Here's an example with a table:
5989 \begin_layout Enumerate
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5995 This is (a) and it's nested.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6008 \begin_inset Tabular
6009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6013 <row topline="true">
6014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6104 \begin_layout Enumerate
6106 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6110 \begin_layout Enumerate
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6118 \begin_layout Enumerate
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 This is (a) and it's nested.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset Tabular
6138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6142 <row topline="true">
6143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6202 \begin_layout Standard
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6239 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6254 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6257 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6263 This is (a) and it's nested.
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_inset Tabular
6276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6280 <row topline="true">
6281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6370 \begin_layout Enumerate
6372 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6391 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6392 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6396 \begin_layout Subsection
6397 Usage and General Features
6398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6399 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 is the innermost possible depth.
6417 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 level #1 - outermost
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6456 both of them in the example.
6457 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6467 For example, if we tried to nest another
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6485 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6494 We have several examples of nested environments.
6495 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6500 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6503 \begin_layout Labeling
6504 \labelwidthstring MMM
6505 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6514 \begin_layout Labeling
6515 \labelwidthstring MMM
6516 #2-a This is level #2.
6517 We created it by using
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #3-a This is level #3.
6532 This time, we just hit
6541 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6559 environment, nested inside of
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 So, it's at level #4.
6569 We did this by hitting
6577 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6582 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6603 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6610 \begin_layout Labeling
6611 \labelwidthstring MMM
6612 #4-a This is level #4.
6617 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6622 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6626 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6631 keep nesting things inside of
6632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \begin_layout Labeling
6644 \labelwidthstring MMM
6645 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6650 \begin_layout Labeling
6651 \labelwidthstring MMM
6652 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 and this is level #6.
6654 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6658 \begin_layout Labeling
6659 \labelwidthstring MMM
6660 #5-b Back to level #5.
6673 \begin_layout Labeling
6674 \labelwidthstring MMM
6683 , we're back at level #4.
6687 \begin_layout Labeling
6688 \labelwidthstring MMM
6689 #3-b Back to level #3.
6690 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6694 \begin_layout Labeling
6695 \labelwidthstring MMM
6696 #2-b Back to level #2.
6701 \begin_layout Labeling
6702 \labelwidthstring MMM
6703 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6704 After this sentence, we'll hit
6708 and change the paragraph environment back to
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 We could have also used the
6732 environment in place of the
6737 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 Example 2: Inheritance
6744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6745 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6748 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6758 , after which, we'll change to the
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 environment, at level #2.
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6775 Notice how the nested
6779 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6783 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 We ended this example by hitting
6793 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6797 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6805 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 This is level #1, in an
6831 paragraph environment.
6832 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 Now, what happens if we nest an
6851 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6852 label be? An asterisk?
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6867 So, its label is a bullet.
6868 (We got here by using
6876 , then changing the environment to
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 Here's level #4, produced using
6894 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6899 \begin_layout Enumerate
6900 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6907 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6911 , because we are in the
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6941 type of numbering does LyX use?
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6949 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 to decrease the depth after the next
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6974 numeral as the label.Why?
6977 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6987 Notice, however, that LyX
6991 reset the counter for the label.
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7005 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7006 into the twofold-nested
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 The same thing happens if we do another
7023 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7032 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7046 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7052 The same rule applies for the
7056 environment, as well.
7059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7060 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7063 \begin_layout Enumerate
7064 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7065 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7066 same detail with how we did it.
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7080 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7081 example in parentheses someplace.
7082 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7083 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7084 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7093 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7098 Now we'll add verse.
7100 It will get much worse.
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7110 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7112 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7133 \begin_inset Tabular
7134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <row topline="true">
7177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7225 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7229 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 : level #1) This is another item.
7241 Note that selecting a
7245 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7246 3 times to put the table inside the
7254 \begin_layout Quotation
7255 We're now ending the
7259 list and changing to
7264 We're still at level #1.
7265 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7266 The next set of paragraphs is a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7287 for the letter body.
7292 to preserve the depth.
7293 Remember that you need to use
7297 to create multiple lines inside the
7311 \begin_layout Right Address
7314 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7319 \begin_layout Address
7320 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7326 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7329 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7330 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7331 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7332 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7333 as soon as possible.
7334 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7337 \begin_layout Quotation
7338 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7339 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7340 with your order, along with payment.
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We thank you again for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Address
7354 \begin_layout Quotation
7355 That ends that example!
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7360 just a few keystrokes.
7361 We could have easily nested an
7382 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7385 \begin_layout Section
7386 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7389 \begin_layout Subsection
7391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7392 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7407 in a uniform fashion.
7408 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7409 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7410 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7411 equally between themselves.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7420 can be inserted with
7422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7423 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7433 This is on the left side
7435 This is on the right
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7459 That was an example in the
7465 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7471 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7474 is one in a standard paragraph.
7475 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7479 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7484 Here's an example with the
7491 \begin_layout Labeling
7492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 marks the beginning of the item.
7514 (There is actually a
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 HFill inside of the label of the
7526 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7535 situations, like two-column mode.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7551 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7552 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7553 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7563 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7579 Other space variants
7580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7581 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7588 \begin_layout Standard
7589 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7590 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7598 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7600 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7603 \begin_layout Paragraph
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7609 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7620 For example the command
7627 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7630 cm space within the following line:
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7656 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7659 cm space between the arrows.
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7666 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7680 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7687 What is correct English?:
7692 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7743 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7750 In our case write the command
7757 (note the space after
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7766 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7767 That is why it is named
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 There exists also the commands
7792 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7793 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7794 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7795 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7809 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7810 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7822 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7826 There you find the following sizes:
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7842 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7847 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7852 name "Document ! Settings"
7858 for the paragraph separation.
7859 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7876 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7878 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7879 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7888 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7897 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7900 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7909 If there are several
7913 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7914 You can therefore use
7918 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7926 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7947 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7948 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7971 There are four possibilities:
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8000 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8001 the left and right margins.
8002 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This paragraph is right aligned,
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 this one is centered,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is left aligned.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8029 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8038 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8039 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8040 Only if you use many
8044 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8049 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8053 have to change the pagebreaking.
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8059 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8067 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8068 that it fills out the complete page.
8069 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8070 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8071 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8085 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8096 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8097 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 normally one uses simply
8114 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8115 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8120 at the top of a page.
8121 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8122 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8123 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8124 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8127 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8141 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8147 name "Pagebreaks ! clear"
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8156 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8157 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8158 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8159 if necessary by adding pages.
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8179 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8180 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8183 \begin_layout Subsection
8185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8192 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8214 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8215 whole space between the page margins.
8216 This is necessary to avoid
8217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8225 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8237 The syntax is similar tho the command
8243 , described in the previous section.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8248 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8249 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8250 set a linebreak, e.g.
8251 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8254 reference "sec:Quote"
8259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8260 reference "sec:Verse"
8265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8266 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8273 \begin_layout Subsection
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8285 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8286 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8287 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8289 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8296 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8311 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8312 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8313 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8314 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8317 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8322 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8323 In this case, insert one with
8325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8326 Special\InsetSpace ~
8327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8328 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8347 name "Spaces ! protected"
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8357 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8361 Further documentation is given in section
8364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8365 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8388 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 A protected space is set with
8399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8400 Special\InsetSpace ~
8401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8419 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8425 name "Spaces ! thin"
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8441 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8450 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8451 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8452 inside abbreviations:
8456 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8458 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8459 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 or between values and units.
8465 Compare for example this:
8467 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8477 Special\InsetSpace ~
8478 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8495 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8496 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8499 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8508 Te latter means to type
8512 space-insert <command>
8519 into the command buffer, where
8523 is one of the following:
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8536 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8539 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8553 \begin_inset Tabular
8554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8594 <row topline="true">
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <row topline="true">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <row bottomline="true">
8691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <row bottomline="true">
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <row bottomline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <row bottomline="true">
8787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <row bottomline="true">
8819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8822 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Subsection
8859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8860 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8866 name "Horizontal lines"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8880 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8883 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8889 \begin_layout Section
8890 Fonts and Text Styles
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8892 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8899 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 There are two types of fonts:
8913 \begin_layout Description
8916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8917 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8921 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8922 characters) in the font.
8923 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8924 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8925 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8926 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8927 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8928 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8929 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8930 provide a good image.
8932 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8933 size and scale them.
8934 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8935 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8936 sizes than at small ones.
8954 \begin_layout Description
8957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8958 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8962 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8963 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8964 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8965 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8966 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8967 picture manipulation program.
8968 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8969 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8970 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8971 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8972 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8974 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8975 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8977 Bitmap fonts are named
8983 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8988 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8989 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8990 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8995 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8996 its document properties.
8999 \begin_layout Standard
9000 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9001 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9002 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9003 font to emphasize text, you use an
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9013 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9017 \begin_layout Subsection
9018 Document Font and Font size
9019 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9020 name "sub:Document-Font"
9025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9032 name "Document ! Font"
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 You can set the document fonts in the
9042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9046 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 name "Document ! Settings"
9052 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9053 font shapes roman (serif),
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 The possible options for the font include
9070 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9075 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 European Computer Modern
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9119 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9120 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9130 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9136 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9137 There are three ways to use one:
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9141 One way is to use the
9151 Virtual means that it
9152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9163 -glyphs from other fonts.
9164 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 Loading the LaTeX-package
9189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9190 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9196 with the document preamble line
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9204 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 will fix the guillemet problem.
9213 and that accented characters are not
9217 glyph, they are build of
9221 characters, the accent and the letter.
9222 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9226 fonts for words with accented characters.
9227 If you search for example for the French word
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 and not for the glyph
9245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 \begin_inset Note Note
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9277 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9278 to be accented with the grave.
9280 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9281 in section\InsetSpace ~
9283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9296 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9310 , consists of these three main font types
9337 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9338 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9345 The differences between roman,
9354 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9357 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 was originally designed for newspapers.
9369 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9370 into the small newspaper columns.
9376 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9379 \begin_layout Itemize
9380 The best solution is to use the
9385 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9396 For the font size there are four possible values:
9413 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The font sizes are the
9422 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9423 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9424 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9430 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9433 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9453 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9457 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9458 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9459 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9467 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
9479 \begin_layout Subsection
9480 Using Different Character Styles
9481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9482 name "Character Styles"
9487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9488 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9497 certain paragraph environments.
9498 LyX supports two character styles,
9507 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9511 \begin_layout Standard
9516 style, do one of the following:
9519 \begin_layout Itemize
9520 click on the toolbar button
9521 \begin_inset Graphics
9522 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9537 These commands are all toggles.
9542 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 One typically uses the
9550 style for proper names.
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 is the original author of LyX.
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 A more widely used character style is the
9572 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9579 \begin_layout Itemize
9580 clicking on the toolbar button
9581 \begin_inset Graphics
9582 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 using the keybindings
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9601 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9602 es use a different font.
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 We've been using the
9610 style all over the place in this document.
9611 Here's one more example:
9614 \begin_layout Quotation
9617 Don't overuse character styles!
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9621 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9622 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9623 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9624 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_layout Subsection
9644 Fine-Tuning with the
9649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9650 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9662 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9671 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9672 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9673 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9674 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9675 from ordinary dialog.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9679 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9680 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9682 Documents that overuse
9683 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9684 has knocked huge holes in it.
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 To use custom character styles, open the
9690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9695 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9696 font property which you can choose.
9697 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9702 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9707 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9708 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9709 environments in a snap.
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9725 \begin_layout Labeling
9726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 The possible options are:
9744 \begin_layout Labeling
9745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9750 This is the Roman font family.
9751 Normally a serif font.
9752 It's also the default family.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset Note Note
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9788 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9791 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9803 \begin_layout Labeling
9804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9812 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_layout Labeling
9848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9855 This is the Typewriter font family.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Labeling
9894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9899 This corresponds to the print weight.
9904 \begin_layout Labeling
9905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9910 This is the Medium font series.
9911 It's also the default series.
9914 \begin_layout Labeling
9915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 This is the Bold font series.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9958 \begin_layout Labeling
9959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 As the name implies.
9969 \begin_layout Labeling
9970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9975 This is the Upright font shape.
9976 It's also the default shape.
9979 \begin_layout Labeling
9980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9994 s the Italic font shape
10000 \begin_layout Labeling
10001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 This is the Slanted font shape
10010 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10022 This is the Small caps font shape
10029 \begin_layout Labeling
10030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 Alters the size of the font.
10036 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10037 nal to the document font size.
10038 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10039 what you want to do.
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_layout Labeling
10176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_layout Labeling
10256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10350 It's also the default size.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10412 \begin_layout Labeling
10413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10492 \begin_layout Labeling
10493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_layout Labeling
10573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Labeling
10624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_layout Labeling
10704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10789 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10790 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10791 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10792 - use that instead.
10793 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10796 \begin_layout Labeling
10797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10802 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10807 \begin_layout Labeling
10808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 This is text with emphasize on
10818 This might seem like the same as
10822 , but it is actually a bit different.
10828 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10830 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10841 This is text with Underbar on.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10879 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10880 when you couldn't change fonts.
10881 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10882 It's only included in LyX because some people
10886 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10897 This is text with Noun on.
10904 , this is a logical attribute.
10905 Normally it's equivalent to
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10921 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10927 , which is the default
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and means normally black, you can choose between
10970 \begin_layout Labeling
10971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10976 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10977 the language of the document.
10978 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10984 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 dialog, the settings are saved.
10991 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10992 \begin_inset Graphics
10993 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10998 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10999 when the dialog isn't visible.
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11004 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11010 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11011 (suppose you just set the shape to
11012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11039 \begin_layout Standard
11040 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11118 \begin_inset Note Note
11121 \begin_layout Standard
11122 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11125 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 fonts use characters with serifs.
11145 These are the small
11146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11153 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11154 The following example will show the difference:
11160 text without serifs
11164 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11165 They are therefore used as default font (named
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11179 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11184 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11187 \begin_layout Section
11188 Printing and Previewing
11191 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11197 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11198 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11199 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11200 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11202 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11210 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11211 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11212 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11213 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11214 This happens in two stages:
11217 \begin_layout Enumerate
11218 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11219 generating a file with the extension,
11220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 \begin_layout Enumerate
11235 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11239 file to produce printable output.
11243 \begin_layout Subsection
11244 Output file formats
11245 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11246 name "File formats"
11251 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11252 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11261 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11262 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 This file type has the extension
11271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11283 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11287 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11297 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11307 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 This file type has the extension
11316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11327 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11329 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11330 it manually with console commands.
11331 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11332 you view or export your document.
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11359 name "File formats ! DVI"
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 This file type has the extension
11368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11389 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11390 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11392 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11400 \begin_layout Standard
11405 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11406 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11411 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11412 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11413 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11414 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11429 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11430 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 This file type has the extension
11439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11451 PostScript was developed by the company
11455 as printer language.
11456 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11458 PostScript can be seen as
11459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11462 programming language
11463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11466 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11478 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11487 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 Encapsulated PostScript
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11499 (EPS, file extension
11500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11512 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11513 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11514 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11515 whenever you view or export your document.
11516 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11517 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11518 EPS to avoid this problem.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11525 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11534 name "File formats ! PDF"
11539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 This file type has the extension
11549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11565 Portable Document Format
11566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 (PDF) is developed by
11573 as derivative from PostScript.
11574 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11583 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11584 looks exactly the same.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11592 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 (JPG, file extension
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 Portable Network Graphics
11625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 (PNG, file extension
11629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11641 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11642 in the background to one of these formats.
11643 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11644 will slow down your workflow.
11645 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11654 in three different ways:
11657 \begin_layout Description
11658 PDF This uses the program
11662 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11663 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11667 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11668 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11671 \begin_layout Description
11673 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11677 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11681 \begin_layout Description
11683 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11687 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 We recommend to use
11700 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11706 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11709 \begin_layout Subsection
11711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11712 name "Document ! Preview "
11719 \begin_layout Standard
11720 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11721 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11725 and choose a file type.
11726 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11729 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11732 you can use the toolbar button
11733 \begin_inset Graphics
11734 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11744 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11748 you can use the toolbar button
11749 \begin_inset Graphics
11750 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11759 viewer window using the menu
11761 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11770 To have a real output, export your document.
11773 \begin_layout Subsection
11774 Printing the File from within LyX
11775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11776 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11783 \begin_layout Standard
11784 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11785 it directly from within LyX.
11786 To print a file, select the menu
11788 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11791 or click on the toolbar button
11792 \begin_inset Graphics
11793 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11798 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11799 This file is then processed by the program
11803 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11808 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11813 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11814 printing one set to print on the other side.
11815 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11816 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11817 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 You can set the parameters in the
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is the name of the printer to print to
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 Note that this printer name is for the program
11849 has to be configured for this printer name.
11850 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11853 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11863 The printer should understand PostScript.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 The name of a file to print to.
11873 The output will be a PostScript file.
11874 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11878 \begin_layout Section
11879 A few Words about Typography
11880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11888 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11932 \begin_layout Enumerate
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_layout Enumerate
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Enumerate
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_layout Standard
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_layout Enumerate
12035 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 You generate them by inserting the
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 character multiple times in a row.
12069 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12070 final output, but not in LyX.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12075 math mode and has a length of its own.
12076 Here are some examples of the
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_layout Enumerate
12092 line- and page-breaks
12101 \begin_layout Enumerate
12111 \begin_layout Enumerate
12112 Oh --- there's a dash.
12121 \begin_layout Enumerate
12122 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12134 \begin_layout Subsection
12136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12142 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12143 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12152 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12156 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12162 following the rules of the document language
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12174 German\InsetSpace ~
12180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12197 and with unusual constructs, like
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12207 This is done with the menu
12209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12210 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12211 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12215 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12216 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12219 \begin_layout Standard
12220 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12221 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12222 a hyphen and a space in the form
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 as hyphenation possibility.
12240 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12241 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12242 of the LaTeX-box-command
12248 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12249 As LyX doesn't support
12255 , we have to use ERT.
12256 The result looks in LyX like:
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 \begin_inset Graphics
12261 filename clipart/mbox.png
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12272 reference "sec:ERT"
12279 \begin_layout Subsection
12281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12282 name "Punctuation marks"
12289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12290 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12292 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12301 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12302 LaTeX then adds the
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 appropriate amount of space
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12313 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12332 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 Here are some examples of
12340 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12343 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 this is too much space!
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12368 \begin_layout Standard
12369 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12376 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12382 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12385 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12391 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12404 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12407 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12413 name "Spaces ! thin"
12420 \begin_layout Enumerate
12425 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 Special\InsetSpace ~
12434 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12435 This function is also bound to
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12447 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12448 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12449 this is too much space!
12452 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12459 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12460 LaTeX will care about this.
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12467 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12471 feature described in section
12482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12485 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12491 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12496 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12506 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12507 and use a closing quote at the end.
12509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12517 The keyboard character,
12521 , generates this automatically.
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 You can change the behavior of the
12529 key using the submenu
12535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12540 name "Document ! Settings"
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12548 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12553 There are six choices:
12556 \begin_layout Labeling
12557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12569 Use quotes like this
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12578 \begin_inset Quotes els
12582 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12588 \begin_layout Labeling
12589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12592 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12602 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12610 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12616 \begin_layout Labeling
12617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12620 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12624 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12630 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12642 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12648 \begin_layout Labeling
12649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12652 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12662 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12670 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12674 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12680 \begin_layout Labeling
12681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12684 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12688 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12694 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12698 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12702 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12706 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12712 \begin_layout Labeling
12713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12716 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12720 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12726 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12730 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12734 \begin_inset Quotes als
12738 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 These settings affects what character the
12752 \begin_layout Subsection
12754 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12755 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12761 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12766 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12767 name "sub:Ligatures"
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12776 print them as single characters.
12777 These groups are known as
12782 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12784 Here are the standard ligatures:
12787 \begin_layout Itemize
12791 \begin_layout Itemize
12795 \begin_layout Itemize
12799 \begin_layout Itemize
12803 \begin_layout Itemize
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12808 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12813 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12837 To break a ligature, use
12839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12841 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12857 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 \begin_layout Subsection
12884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12885 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12890 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12891 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 You have surely noticed, that the word
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12908 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12909 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12933 \begin_layout Description
12934 LyX The name of the game, write
12935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12942 \begin_layout Standard
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 \begin_layout Description
12957 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12965 \begin_layout Standard
12973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 \begin_layout Description
12980 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13002 \begin_layout Description
13003 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13011 \begin_layout Standard
13019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13039 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13040 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13041 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13044 : The actual version is
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13052 , the previous one was
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13065 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13066 This will look in LyX like:
13067 \begin_inset Graphics
13068 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13074 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13076 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13077 reference "sec:ERT"
13084 \begin_layout Subsection
13086 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13087 name "Typography ! Units"
13094 \begin_layout Standard
13095 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13096 space between two words.
13097 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13107 for units use the menu
13109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13110 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 Here's an example to show the differences:
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 \begin_inset Tabular
13127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13129 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13130 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13135 \begin_layout Standard
13138 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 space between number and unit
13157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13163 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13174 \begin_layout Standard
13175 half space between number and unit
13188 \begin_layout Subsection
13190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13191 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13205 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13207 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13208 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13209 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13210 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13211 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13212 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13223 \begin_layout Standard
13224 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13225 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13226 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13227 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13228 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13229 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13230 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13233 \begin_layout Standard
13234 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13235 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13236 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13238 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13239 key "latexcompanion"
13245 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13250 ] may have more information.
13251 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13254 \begin_layout Chapter
13255 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13256 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13257 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13270 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13273 \begin_layout Section
13275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13281 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13293 \begin_layout Description
13295 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13298 \begin_inset Note Note
13301 \begin_layout Standard
13302 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13310 \begin_layout Description
13311 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13312 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13316 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13321 \begin_inset Note Comment
13324 \begin_layout Standard
13325 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13333 \begin_layout Description
13334 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13335 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13343 \begin_layout Standard
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13349 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13350 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13351 How this can be done is explained in the
13360 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13369 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13370 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13373 \begin_layout Description
13374 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13376 \begin_inset Note Framed
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13385 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13388 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13392 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13396 \begin_layout Description
13397 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13398 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13401 \begin_layout Standard
13402 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13407 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13408 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13411 \begin_layout Standard
13412 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13413 \begin_inset Graphics
13414 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13416 scaleBeforeRotation
13422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13426 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13429 \begin_layout Section
13431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13438 name "sec:Footnotes"
13445 \begin_layout Standard
13446 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13452 or the toolbar button
13453 \begin_inset Graphics
13454 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13467 \begin_inset Graphics
13468 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13478 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13507 label, the box will
13511 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13512 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13525 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 Here's an example footnote:
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13551 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13561 position where the footnote box is placed.
13562 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13563 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13564 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13565 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13566 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13571 ey are described in the
13578 \begin_layout Section
13580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13581 name "Marginal notes"
13586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13587 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13594 \begin_layout Standard
13595 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13596 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13599 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13602 or the toolbar button
13603 \begin_inset Graphics
13604 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13631 appearing within your text.
13632 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13641 \begin_layout Standard
13642 At the side is an example marginal note.
13646 \begin_inset Marginal
13649 \begin_layout Standard
13650 This is a marginal note.
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13660 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13661 pages, right on odd pages.
13664 \begin_layout Section
13665 Graphics and Images
13666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13672 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13678 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13679 name "sec:Graphics"
13686 \begin_layout Standard
13687 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13688 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13689 \begin_inset Graphics
13690 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13700 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13703 \begin_layout Standard
13704 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13709 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13710 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13711 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13713 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13715 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13716 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13728 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13729 of the image in the output.
13730 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13742 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13745 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13746 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13754 \begin_layout Standard
13755 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13760 You can also set the
13764 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13765 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13767 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13768 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13778 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13779 image size is printed.
13782 \begin_layout Standard
13783 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13784 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13786 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13787 centered paragraph:
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13792 \begin_inset Graphics
13793 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13796 rotateOrigin center
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13804 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13805 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13808 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13815 \begin_layout Subsection
13817 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13818 name "Image formats"
13823 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13824 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 You can insert images in any known file format.
13833 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13835 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13836 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13840 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13841 LyX uses therefore the program
13845 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13846 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13847 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13849 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13850 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13861 \begin_layout Description
13862 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13863 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13864 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13865 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13869 Graphics Interchange Format
13870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13873 (GIF, file extension
13874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13887 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 Portable Network Graphics
13896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13899 (PNG, file extension
13900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13913 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13921 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13925 (JPG, file extension
13926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13951 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13958 \begin_layout Description
13959 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13960 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13962 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13963 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13964 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13967 calable image formats can be
13968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13971 Scalable Vector Graphics
13972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13975 (SVG, file extension
13976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13989 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 Encapsulated PostScript
13998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 (EPS, file extension
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14015 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14023 Portable Document Format
14024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14027 (PDF, file extension
14028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14046 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14047 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14048 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14054 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14062 \begin_layout Standard
14063 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14067 \begin_layout Section
14069 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14075 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14083 \begin_layout Standard
14084 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14085 \begin_inset Graphics
14086 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14097 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14098 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14099 from the rest of the table.
14100 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14101 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14103 Here's an example table:
14106 \begin_layout Standard
14108 \begin_inset Tabular
14109 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14115 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14119 \begin_layout Standard
14125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14162 <row topline="true">
14163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14209 <row topline="true">
14210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14213 \begin_layout Standard
14228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14240 \begin_layout Standard
14250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14253 \begin_layout Standard
14260 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14314 \begin_layout Subsection
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14319 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14320 brings up the table dialog.
14321 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14322 where the cursor is placed currently.
14323 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14324 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14325 done on all of your selection.
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 Additionally to the table dialog the
14334 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14336 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14337 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14338 delete lines via the table
14342 \begin_layout Standard
14348 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14349 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14350 current cell respectively.
14351 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14353 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14354 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14357 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14371 This will merge the cells to
14375 cell, spread over more than one column.
14376 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14377 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14378 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14379 in the last row without the upper border:
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14384 \begin_inset Tabular
14385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14386 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14388 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14391 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14410 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14429 <row topline="true">
14430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14476 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Standard
14486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14489 \begin_layout Standard
14495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14522 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14523 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14524 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14525 explained in the tables section of the
14527 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14531 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14532 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14535 degrees counterclockwise.
14536 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14543 \begin_layout Standard
14548 Most DVI-viewers are
14552 able to display rotations.
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14565 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14570 adds lines for all cell borders.
14573 \begin_layout Subsection
14575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14576 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14581 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14590 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14600 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14601 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14604 \begin_layout Description
14609 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14610 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14611 except for the first page, if
14619 \begin_layout Description
14625 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14626 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14629 \begin_layout Description
14634 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14635 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14636 except for the last page, if
14644 \begin_layout Description
14650 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14651 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14654 \begin_layout Standard
14655 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14656 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14657 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14658 The others will then be defined as
14663 In this context, first means first in this order:
14665 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14678 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14683 \begin_inset Tabular
14684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14685 <features islongtable="true">
14686 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14688 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14696 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14713 \begin_layout Standard
14720 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14735 \begin_layout Standard
14741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14753 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14768 \begin_layout Standard
14774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14784 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14817 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14848 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14863 \begin_layout Standard
14869 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14879 <row bottomline="true">
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14894 \begin_layout Standard
14900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14910 <row bottomline="true">
14911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14934 \begin_layout Standard
14941 <row bottomline="true">
14942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14972 <row bottomline="true">
14973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15003 <row bottomline="true">
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15034 <row bottomline="true">
15035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15065 <row bottomline="true">
15066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15096 <row bottomline="true">
15097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15127 <row bottomline="true">
15128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15158 <row bottomline="true">
15159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15189 <row bottomline="true">
15190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15220 <row bottomline="true">
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15251 <row bottomline="true">
15252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15282 <row bottomline="true">
15283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15313 <row bottomline="true">
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15344 <row bottomline="true">
15345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Standard
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15375 <row bottomline="true">
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15390 \begin_layout Standard
15396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15406 <row bottomline="true">
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Standard
15437 <row bottomline="true">
15438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15452 \begin_layout Standard
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Standard
15468 <row bottomline="true">
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Standard
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Standard
15499 <row bottomline="true">
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15530 <row bottomline="true">
15531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15534 \begin_layout Standard
15542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15561 <row bottomline="true">
15562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15576 \begin_layout Standard
15582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15592 <row bottomline="true">
15593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15623 <row bottomline="true">
15624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15654 <row bottomline="true">
15655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15685 <row bottomline="true">
15686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15716 <row bottomline="true">
15717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15747 <row bottomline="true">
15748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15751 \begin_layout Standard
15759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15762 \begin_layout Standard
15768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15778 <row bottomline="true">
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15809 <row bottomline="true">
15810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15838 <row bottomline="true">
15839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15869 <row bottomline="true">
15870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15900 <row bottomline="true">
15901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15931 <row bottomline="true">
15932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15962 <row bottomline="true">
15963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15977 \begin_layout Standard
15983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15993 <row bottomline="true">
15994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16024 <row bottomline="true">
16025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16055 <row bottomline="true">
16056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16086 <row bottomline="true">
16087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <row bottomline="true">
16118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Standard
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16148 <row bottomline="true">
16149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Standard
16179 <row bottomline="true">
16180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <row bottomline="true">
16211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16241 <row bottomline="true">
16242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16272 <row bottomline="true">
16273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Standard
16293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Standard
16303 <row bottomline="true">
16304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16334 <row bottomline="true">
16335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16365 <row bottomline="true">
16366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Standard
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16396 <row bottomline="true">
16397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16427 <row bottomline="true">
16428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Standard
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16458 <row bottomline="true">
16459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16489 <row bottomline="true">
16490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16520 <row bottomline="true">
16521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16551 <row bottomline="true">
16552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Standard
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16582 <row bottomline="true">
16583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16613 <row bottomline="true">
16614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16644 <row bottomline="true">
16645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Standard
16675 <row bottomline="true">
16676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Standard
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16706 <row bottomline="true">
16707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Standard
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Standard
16737 <row bottomline="true">
16738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Standard
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16768 <row bottomline="true">
16769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Standard
16799 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Standard
16837 \begin_layout Subsection
16839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16840 name "Tables ! Cells"
16845 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16846 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16853 \begin_layout Standard
16854 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16855 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16856 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16857 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16861 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16862 for the cell's paragraph.
16865 \begin_layout Standard
16866 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16867 for the column in the table dialog.
16868 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16869 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16875 \begin_inset Tabular
16876 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16879 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16881 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16900 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16969 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16993 <row bottomline="true">
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Standard
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17025 This is longer now.
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17049 <row bottomline="true">
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Standard
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Standard
17081 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17082 This is longer now.
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Standard
17113 \begin_layout Standard
17114 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17115 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17116 Selection with the mouse or with
17120 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17121 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17122 the selection from outside the table.
17125 \begin_layout Section
17127 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17133 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17142 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17143 have a fixed location.
17145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17152 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17159 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17162 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17163 too much notes at the page.
17166 \begin_layout Standard
17167 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17168 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17169 and pages without text.
17170 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17171 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17172 Floats are therefore numbered.
17173 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17176 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17183 \begin_layout Standard
17184 To insert a float, use the menu
17186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17190 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17196 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17201 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17202 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17204 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17206 name "Floats ! Captions"
17210 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17211 paragraph within the float.
17212 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17213 by left-clicking on the box label.
17214 A closed float box looks like this:
17215 \begin_inset Graphics
17216 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17221 -- a gray button with a red label.
17224 \begin_layout Standard
17225 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17226 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17229 \begin_layout Subsection
17233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17235 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17236 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17241 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17242 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17253 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17256 inserts a float with the label
17257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17262 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17270 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17271 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17272 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17274 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17275 reference "cap:Platypus"
17280 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17281 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17282 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17285 reference "cap:Escher"
17292 \begin_layout Standard
17293 \begin_inset Float figure
17298 \begin_layout Standard
17300 \begin_inset Graphics
17301 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17304 rotateOrigin center
17311 \begin_layout Standard
17312 \begin_inset Caption
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17316 name "cap:Platypus"
17320 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17333 \begin_layout Standard
17334 \begin_inset Float figure
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17340 \begin_inset Caption
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17359 \begin_inset Graphics
17360 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17363 rotateOrigin center
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17376 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17378 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17381 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17385 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17390 and refer to it using the menu
17392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17396 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17405 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17417 \begin_layout Standard
17418 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17419 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17420 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17426 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17430 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17431 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17433 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17434 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17438 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17439 You can also set the images one below the other.
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17443 \begin_inset Float figure
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17452 \begin_inset Graphics
17453 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17456 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17463 \begin_inset Graphics
17464 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17468 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17477 \begin_layout Standard
17478 \begin_inset Caption
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17481 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17482 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17486 Two distorted images.
17499 \begin_layout Standard
17500 Note that the caption is added to the
17506 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17509 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17519 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17524 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17525 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17532 \begin_layout Standard
17533 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17536 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17540 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17545 reference "cap:Table-float"
17549 is an example of a table float.
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 \begin_inset Float table
17558 \begin_layout Standard
17559 \begin_inset Caption
17561 \begin_layout Standard
17562 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17563 name "cap:Table-float"
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17577 \begin_inset Tabular
17578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17583 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Standard
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17639 <row topline="true">
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Standard
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17695 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17709 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Standard
17730 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17732 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Standard
17753 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17776 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17777 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785 This float type is inserted with the menu
17787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17788 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17792 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17793 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17797 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17800 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17807 \begin_layout Standard
17808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17816 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17822 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17825 \begin_layout Standard
17830 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17834 \begin_layout Standard
17835 to the document preamble (menu
17837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17863 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17864 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17869 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17870 name "sec:floatflt"
17877 \begin_layout Standard
17878 This float type is used if you want to
17879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17886 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17888 It can be inserted using the menu
17889 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17894 \begin_layout Standard
17895 \begin_inset Graphics
17896 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17899 rotateOrigin center
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17907 \begin_inset Caption
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17911 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17915 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17917 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17933 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17938 if the LaTeX-package
17943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17944 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17963 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17965 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17967 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17968 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17972 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17973 wrap float with a width of 40
17974 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17981 \begin_layout Standard
17982 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17984 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17985 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17994 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17998 \begin_layout Standard
18003 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18004 If you need this, read the documentation of
18009 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18021 \begin_layout Standard
18027 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18028 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18029 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18030 over some other text.
18034 \begin_layout Standard
18035 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18041 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18049 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18062 \begin_layout Itemize
18063 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18064 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18065 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18066 breaks will appear.
18069 \begin_layout Itemize
18070 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18071 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18074 \begin_layout Itemize
18075 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18076 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18079 \begin_layout Itemize
18080 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18083 \begin_layout Subsection
18085 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18086 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18092 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18099 \begin_layout Standard
18100 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18101 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18104 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18110 \begin_layout Standard
18111 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18112 a two-column document).
18113 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18114 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18121 \begin_layout Standard
18122 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18123 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18126 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18130 is an example of a rotated table float.
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18137 \begin_layout Standard
18142 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18150 \begin_layout Standard
18151 \begin_inset Float table
18156 \begin_layout Standard
18157 \begin_inset Caption
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18160 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18161 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18173 \begin_layout Standard
18175 \begin_inset Tabular
18176 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18183 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Standard
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Standard
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Standard
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18242 \begin_layout Subsection
18244 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18245 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18250 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18251 name "Floats ! Placement"
18258 \begin_layout Standard
18259 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18260 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18267 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18268 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18273 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18276 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18279 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18286 \begin_layout Standard
18287 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18288 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18291 default\InsetSpace ~
18297 \begin_layout Description
18300 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18303 \begin_layout Description
18306 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18309 \begin_layout Description
18310 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18312 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18315 \begin_layout Description
18318 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18321 \begin_layout Standard
18322 The order of the above option is
18327 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18340 , and then the others.
18341 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18343 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18344 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18348 By default, each options has its own rules:
18351 \begin_layout Standard
18358 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18359 % of the page can be placed at the top
18363 \begin_layout Standard
18366 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18370 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18371 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18375 \begin_layout Standard
18382 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18383 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18384 can be set together on a page.
18387 \begin_layout Standard
18388 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18391 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18398 \begin_layout Standard
18399 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18400 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18401 For this case you can use the option
18407 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18409 Because the float is then no longer able to
18410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18417 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18420 \begin_layout Standard
18421 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18422 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18425 \begin_layout Standard
18426 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18428 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18429 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18436 \begin_layout Section
18438 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18444 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18445 name "sec:Minipages"
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18453 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18455 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18461 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18467 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18468 and its alignment within the page.
18471 \begin_layout Standard
18473 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18482 height_special "totalheight"
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18488 This is a minipage.
18489 The text is set in an italic style.
18492 \begin_layout Standard
18495 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18496 another formatting.
18504 \begin_layout Standard
18505 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18508 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18512 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18515 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18520 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18526 \begin_layout Standard
18527 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18536 height_special "totalheight"
18539 \begin_layout Standard
18540 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18541 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18549 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18558 height_special "totalheight"
18561 \begin_layout Standard
18562 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18563 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18571 \begin_layout Standard
18572 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18578 \begin_layout Standard
18579 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18580 to other box types.
18581 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18592 \begin_layout Chapter
18593 Mathematical Formulas
18594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18601 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18607 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18614 \begin_layout Section
18616 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18617 name "Math ! Basics"
18624 \begin_layout Standard
18625 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18626 \begin_inset Graphics
18627 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18632 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18634 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18635 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18636 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18644 \begin_layout Standard
18645 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18651 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18654 \begin_layout Standard
18655 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18656 line, like this one:
18659 \begin_layout Standard
18660 This is a line with an inline formula
18661 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18667 \begin_layout Standard
18668 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18670 \begin_inset Formula \[
18675 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18678 \begin_layout Standard
18679 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18695 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18700 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18708 \begin_layout Subsection
18709 Navigating in Formulas
18710 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18711 name "Math ! Navigating"
18718 \begin_layout Standard
18719 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18720 achieved with the arrow keys.
18721 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18722 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18727 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18728 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18732 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18736 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18738 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18746 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18751 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18752 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18755 \begin_layout Standard
18760 , printed in this document as
18761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18768 \begin_layout Standard
18778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18782 \begin_inset Note Note
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18787 space character (visible space).
18792 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18793 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18794 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18799 For example, if you want
18800 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18811 \begin_layout Standard
18830 \begin_layout Standard
18843 \begin_layout Standard
18854 , since in the latter case only the
18857 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18862 will be under the square root sign:
18863 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18870 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18872 \begin_inset Formula \[
18873 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18876 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18880 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18881 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18884 \begin_layout Subsection
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18889 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18890 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18894 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18895 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18896 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18897 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18898 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18901 \begin_layout Subsection
18902 Exponents and Subscripts
18903 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18904 name "Math ! Exponents"
18909 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18910 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18918 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18919 way is to use a command.
18921 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18924 , type in a formula
18930 \begin_layout Standard
18946 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18952 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18956 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18977 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18986 , you have to use an extra
18990 to separate the hat and the character.
18993 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19002 \begin_layout Standard
19014 Subscripts are similar: To get
19015 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19038 \begin_layout Subsection
19040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19041 name "Math ! Fractions"
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19049 Create a fraction with either the command
19056 \begin_inset Graphics
19057 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19068 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19069 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19070 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19075 To move back up, press
19080 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19081 \begin_inset Formula \[
19082 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19084 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19091 \begin_layout Subsection
19093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19094 name "Math ! Roots"
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19102 Roots can be created using the
19108 \begin_inset Graphics
19109 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19132 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19138 produces always a square root.
19141 \begin_layout Subsection
19142 Operators with Limits
19143 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19149 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19150 name "Math ! Integrals"
19155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19156 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19163 \begin_layout Standard
19165 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19169 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19172 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19173 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19174 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19175 The sum operator will automatically place its
19176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19183 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19186 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19190 \begin_inset Formula \[
19191 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19195 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19200 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19202 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19203 behind the operator and hitting
19209 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19210 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19211 Change\InsetSpace ~
19212 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19218 \begin_layout Standard
19219 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19227 feature as addition, such as
19228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19229 name "Math ! Limits"
19234 \begin_inset Formula \[
19235 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19239 which will place the
19240 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19252 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19253 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19259 \begin_layout Standard
19260 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19267 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19270 reference "sub:Functions"
19274 for an explanation of function macros.
19277 \begin_layout Subsection
19279 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19280 name "Math ! Symbols"
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19288 Most math symbols can be found in the
19293 under one of several categories; including
19310 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19315 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19316 you don't have to use the
19321 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19322 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19325 \begin_layout Subsection
19327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19328 name "Math ! Spaces"
19333 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19334 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19342 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19354 \begin_inset Graphics
19355 filename ../images/math/space.png
19360 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19361 Here a example for the sequence
19366 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19370 \begin_inset Graphics
19371 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19376 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19377 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19378 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19379 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19394 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19400 \begin_layout Standard
19410 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19416 \begin_layout Subsection
19418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19419 name "Math ! Functions"
19424 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19425 name "sub:Functions"
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19438 contains under the button
19439 \begin_inset Graphics
19440 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19444 a number of functions, such as
19445 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19449 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19457 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19464 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19465 avoid confusions, because
19466 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19470 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19476 \begin_layout Standard
19477 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19479 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19483 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19489 \begin_layout Standard
19490 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19491 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19493 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19494 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19501 \begin_layout Subsection
19503 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19504 name "Math ! Accents"
19511 \begin_layout Standard
19512 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19514 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19515 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19517 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19520 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19521 Our example is entered by typing
19529 \begin_layout Standard
19543 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19544 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19548 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19551 \begin_layout Standard
19552 \begin_inset Float table
19557 \begin_layout Standard
19558 \begin_inset Caption
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19561 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19562 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19566 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19574 \begin_layout Standard
19576 \begin_inset Tabular
19577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19582 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Standard
19592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19595 \begin_layout Standard
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Standard
19620 <row topline="true">
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Standard
19652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Standard
19665 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19674 <row topline="true">
19675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Standard
19706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19709 \begin_layout Standard
19719 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19728 <row topline="true">
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Standard
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Standard
19773 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19782 <row topline="true">
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Standard
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Standard
19827 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19836 <row topline="true">
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Standard
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Standard
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Standard
19881 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19890 <row topline="true">
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Standard
19909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Standard
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Standard
19935 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19944 <row topline="true">
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Standard
19963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Standard
19976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19979 \begin_layout Standard
19989 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19998 <row topline="true">
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Standard
20030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Standard
20043 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20052 <row topline="true">
20053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Standard
20084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Standard
20097 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20106 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Standard
20129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20132 \begin_layout Standard
20142 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20170 \begin_inset Graphics
20171 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20175 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20179 \begin_layout Section
20180 Brackets and Delimiters
20181 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20182 name "Math ! Brackets"
20187 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20188 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20193 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20194 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20201 \begin_layout Standard
20202 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20203 For most purposes, using just the keys
20208 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20209 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20215 \begin_inset Graphics
20216 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20221 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20223 \begin_inset Formula \[
20224 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20226 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20230 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20231 \begin_inset Formula \[
20232 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20241 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20244 \begin_layout Standard
20245 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20246 left side and right side.
20247 If you use the option
20252 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20253 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20254 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20255 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20260 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20261 inside the brackets.
20262 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20267 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20270 \begin_layout Standard
20271 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20282 \begin_layout Section
20284 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20285 name "Math ! Grouping"
20290 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20291 name "sec:Grouping"
20298 \begin_layout Standard
20299 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20300 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 \begin_inset Formula \[
20313 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20320 \begin_layout Standard
20321 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20336 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20337 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20338 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20341 \begin_layout Section
20342 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20344 name "Math ! Arrays"
20349 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20350 name "Math ! Matrices"
20355 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20356 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20363 \begin_layout Standard
20364 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20370 \begin_inset Graphics
20371 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20376 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20377 Here is an example:
20378 \begin_inset Formula \[
20379 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20382 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20386 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20388 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20389 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20394 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20395 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20396 This alignment is set in the box
20401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20449 for every column as default.
20450 For example, the sequence
20451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20462 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20463 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20464 corresponds to the relevant column.
20465 The result will look like this:
20466 \begin_inset Formula \[
20468 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20469 column & has & has\, right\\
20470 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20477 \begin_layout Standard
20478 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20482 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20483 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20493 It can be created with the menu
20495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20496 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20508 \begin_inset Formula \[
20512 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20519 \begin_layout Standard
20520 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20523 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20531 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20540 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20548 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20549 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20550 A new row is created by every further hit of
20558 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20559 Here is an example:
20560 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20561 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20562 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20566 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20567 where you want to start the shift and hit
20572 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20573 position to the next column.
20574 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20575 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20576 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20577 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20592 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20593 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20594 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20595 reference "eq:asquared"
20600 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20602 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20603 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20610 \begin_layout Section
20611 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20613 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20618 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20619 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20624 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20625 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20635 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20636 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20637 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20646 The formula number appears in LyX as
20647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20654 within parentheses.
20656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20663 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20665 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20666 the document class.
20667 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20668 separated by a dot:
20669 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20670 1+1=2\end{equation}
20679 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20680 You can only number displayed formulas.
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20686 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20687 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20688 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20689 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20698 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20699 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20701 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20702 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20706 To number all lines use the shortcut
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20715 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20718 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20719 A label is inserted with the menu
20721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20724 when the cursor is in the formula.
20725 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20726 It is recommended to use the proposed
20727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20738 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20739 type when you have many labels in your document.
20740 We inserted in the following example the label
20741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20748 in the second line:
20749 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20750 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20751 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20755 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20756 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20766 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20773 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20774 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20775 as the formula number:
20778 \begin_layout Standard
20779 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20780 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20781 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20789 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20792 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20797 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20803 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20807 \begin_layout Standard
20808 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20816 \begin_layout Section
20817 User defined math macros
20818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20819 name "Math ! Macros"
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20828 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20829 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20832 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20833 \begin_inset Formula \[
20834 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20838 The general form of its solution is:
20839 \begin_inset Formula \[
20840 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 The macro should print the parameters
20849 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20853 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20857 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20860 like in the equation above.
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 A macro is created by executing the command
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20874 \begin_layout Standard
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20896 Number\InsetSpace ~
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20902 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20903 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20904 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20905 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 We have three arguments and name the macro
20911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20918 , so that the command is:
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20928 \begin_layout Standard
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20954 This results in the following macro definition box:
20955 \begin_inset Graphics
20956 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20961 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20962 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20963 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20967 \begin_inset Note Note
20970 \begin_layout Standard
20971 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20972 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20980 \begin_layout Standard
20981 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20982 the math panel or commands.
20983 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20984 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20995 for the first argument.
20996 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20997 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20998 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20999 in LyX with its full size.
21000 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21001 In our example we insert the sequence
21031 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21034 \begin_layout Standard
21035 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21050 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21055 \begin_inset Graphics
21056 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21063 \begin_layout Standard
21064 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21065 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21066 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21067 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21068 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21073 to the new definition.
21074 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21075 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21079 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21083 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21087 \begin_inset Formula \[
21088 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21119 \begin_layout Standard
21134 \begin_layout Standard
21145 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21148 \begin_layout Standard
21149 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21150 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21151 definition box in your document.
21152 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21154 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21156 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21161 \begin_layout Section
21165 \begin_layout Subsection
21167 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21168 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21177 To set a font in a formula, use the
21183 \begin_inset Graphics
21184 filename ../images/math/font.png
21188 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21190 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21191 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21198 \begin_layout Standard
21199 \begin_inset Float table
21204 \begin_layout Standard
21205 \begin_inset Caption
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21208 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21209 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21213 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21223 \begin_inset Tabular
21224 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21228 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21232 \begin_layout Standard
21238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21241 \begin_layout Standard
21248 <row topline="true">
21249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21252 \begin_layout Standard
21259 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21281 <row topline="true">
21282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21308 <row topline="true">
21309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21335 <row topline="true">
21336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21346 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21357 \begin_layout Standard
21368 <row topline="true">
21369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21373 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21384 \begin_layout Standard
21395 <row topline="true">
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21400 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21411 \begin_layout Standard
21422 <row topline="true">
21423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21434 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21445 \begin_layout Standard
21456 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21461 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21495 \begin_layout Standard
21496 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21499 \begin_layout Standard
21504 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21522 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21527 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21528 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21529 Here an example where a
21530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21541 denotes the set of numbers:
21542 \begin_inset Formula \[
21543 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21550 \begin_layout Standard
21551 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21562 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21567 So better don't use this feature.
21570 \begin_layout Standard
21571 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21572 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21577 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21583 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21584 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21597 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21600 \begin_layout Standard
21601 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21604 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21611 \begin_layout Subsection
21613 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21621 \begin_layout Standard
21622 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21624 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21627 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21637 \begin_inset Graphics
21638 filename ../images/math/font.png
21642 (alternatively the shortcut
21648 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21649 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21650 Here is an example:
21651 \begin_inset Formula \[
21653 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21654 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21661 \begin_layout Subsection
21663 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21664 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21672 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21673 automatically chosen in most situations.
21691 For most characters,
21699 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21700 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21705 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21706 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21707 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21708 \begin_inset Graphics
21709 filename ../images/math/style.png
21714 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21715 For example, you can set
21716 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21719 , which is normally in
21728 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21732 The four styles are used in the following example:
21735 \begin_layout Standard
21736 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21740 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21744 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21748 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21754 \begin_layout Standard
21755 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21756 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21762 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21763 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21764 will be adjusted to correspond.
21765 As example a formula in the font size
21766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21780 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21786 \begin_layout Section
21788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21794 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21803 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21804 (AMS) that are in common use.
21807 \begin_layout Subsection
21808 Enabling AMS-Support
21811 \begin_layout Standard
21812 Selecting the checkbox
21821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21825 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21826 name "Document ! Settings"
21835 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21837 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21838 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21841 \begin_layout Subsection
21843 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21844 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21849 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21850 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21859 LyX allows you to choose between
21880 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21883 \begin_layout Chapter
21887 \begin_layout Section
21889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21890 name "Cross references"
21895 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21896 name "sec:Cross-References"
21903 \begin_layout Standard
21904 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21905 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21907 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21908 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21909 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21912 \begin_layout Enumerate
21916 \begin_layout Enumerate
21917 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21918 name "enu:Second-item"
21925 \begin_layout Enumerate
21929 \begin_layout Standard
21930 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21935 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21936 \begin_inset Graphics
21937 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21943 A grey label box like this:
21944 \begin_inset Graphics
21945 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21950 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21951 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21986 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21987 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22002 \begin_layout Standard
22003 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22008 or the toolbar button
22009 \begin_inset Graphics
22010 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22016 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22017 \begin_inset Graphics
22018 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22023 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22025 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22038 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22040 Here is our cross-reference:
22043 \begin_layout Standard
22046 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22047 reference "enu:Second-item"
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22055 It is recommended to use a protected space
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22063 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22072 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22076 \begin_layout Standard
22077 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22080 \begin_layout Description
22081 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22082 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22083 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22090 \begin_layout Description
22091 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22092 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22102 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22103 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22110 \begin_layout Description
22111 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22113 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22114 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22121 \begin_layout Description
22124 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22125 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22126 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22133 \begin_layout Description
22134 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22137 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22139 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22140 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22147 \begin_layout Description
22148 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22149 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22152 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22155 \begin_layout Standard
22160 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22164 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22178 \begin_layout Standard
22179 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22180 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22181 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22198 \begin_layout Standard
22199 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22200 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22201 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22205 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22209 \begin_layout Standard
22210 You can only use the style
22214 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22218 is always possible.
22221 \begin_layout Standard
22222 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22223 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22224 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22225 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22227 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22228 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22242 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22243 The button text changes then to
22248 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22249 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22250 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22254 \begin_layout Standard
22255 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22256 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22257 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22260 \begin_layout Standard
22261 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22262 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22265 \begin_layout Standard
22266 References are described in detail in the
22273 \begin_layout Section
22274 Table of Contents and other Listings
22275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22276 name "Table of contents"
22281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22287 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22295 \begin_layout Subsection
22296 Table of Contents and Outline
22297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22298 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22305 \begin_layout Standard
22306 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22309 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22315 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22316 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22317 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22318 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22326 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22327 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22328 in section\InsetSpace ~
22330 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22331 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22335 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22336 Section\InsetSpace ~
22338 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22339 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22343 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22345 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22346 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22347 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22351 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22353 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22355 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22361 \begin_layout Subsection
22362 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22371 \begin_layout Standard
22372 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22373 You can insert them via the
22375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22381 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22384 \begin_layout Section
22385 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22386 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22400 \begin_layout Standard
22401 It is often desirable to include long
22402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22409 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22410 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22411 to typeset properly.
22412 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22413 resulting in an overfull line.
22414 To avoid this, use the menu
22416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22419 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22422 \begin_layout Standard
22423 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22427 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22433 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22434 name "LyX-Homepage"
22435 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22443 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22453 \begin_layout Itemize
22454 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22455 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22469 \begin_layout Itemize
22470 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22473 \begin_layout Section
22475 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22481 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22482 name "sec:Appendices"
22489 \begin_layout Standard
22490 Appendices are created with the menu
22492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22494 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22498 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22499 as appendix region.
22500 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22503 \begin_layout Standard
22504 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22505 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22506 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22507 and the subsection number.
22508 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22512 \begin_layout Standard
22513 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22515 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22516 reference "cha:Credits"
22520 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22522 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22523 reference "sub:Export"
22530 \begin_layout Section
22532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22533 name "Bibliography"
22538 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22539 name "sec:Bibliography"
22546 \begin_layout Standard
22547 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22548 You can include a bibliography database
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 Known under the name
22554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22566 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22568 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22572 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22574 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22575 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22587 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22589 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22598 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22600 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22609 , a short form of its title, as key.
22612 \begin_layout Standard
22613 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22618 or the toobar button
22619 \begin_inset Graphics
22620 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22626 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22627 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22628 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22629 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22635 with surrounding brackets.
22640 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22641 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22656 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22659 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22660 key "latexcompanion"
22667 \begin_layout Standard
22668 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22669 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22677 \begin_layout Subsection
22678 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22679 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22680 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22685 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22686 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22691 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22692 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22700 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22702 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22704 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22705 your working field in a database.
22706 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22707 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22711 The database is a text file with the file extension
22712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22723 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22724 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22725 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22726 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22731 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22735 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22736 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22742 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22746 To use a database, use the menu
22748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22753 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22769 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22770 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22786 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22787 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22788 take care of the layout.
22791 \begin_layout Standard
22792 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22796 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22805 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22816 \begin_layout Standard
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22842 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22850 \begin_layout Standard
22851 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22858 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22859 the two methods of creating them.
22860 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22861 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22862 We used the style file
22866 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22869 \begin_layout Subsection
22870 Bibliography layout
22871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22872 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22880 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22881 For this feature you need to use the option
22887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22892 name "Document ! Settings"
22901 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22902 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22903 in the previous section.
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22908 in the citation reference window.
22909 Here an example where we set the text
22910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22913 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22918 to appear after the reference:
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22923 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22925 key "latexcompanion"
22932 \begin_layout Section
22934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22935 name "Index generation"
22940 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22948 \begin_layout Standard
22949 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22950 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22956 or the toobar button
22957 \begin_inset Graphics
22958 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22976 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22977 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22989 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22990 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22995 Therefore you cannot insert
22998 \begin_layout Standard
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 to an index entry field, because the
23006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23013 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
23015 The correct entry is
23018 \begin_layout Standard
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23027 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23028 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23029 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23030 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23032 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23033 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23041 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23045 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23050 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23055 A light blue box labeled
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23067 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23068 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23071 \begin_layout Subsection
23072 Grouping Index Entries
23073 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23074 name "Index ! Grouping"
23081 \begin_layout Standard
23082 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23084 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23085 lists under the entry
23086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23094 First we create the entry
23095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23102 in section\InsetSpace ~
23104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23105 reference "sub:Lists"
23110 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23112 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23113 reference "sec:Itemize"
23117 , we insert the command
23120 \begin_layout Standard
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_layout Standard
23137 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23139 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23140 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 The exclamation mark
23149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23156 marks the grouping levels.
23157 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23158 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23159 If we don't have an index entry for
23160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23167 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23170 \begin_layout Subsection
23172 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23173 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23183 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23184 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23185 in section\InsetSpace ~
23187 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23188 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23198 Paragraph environments|(
23201 \begin_layout Standard
23202 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23204 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23205 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23215 Paragraph environments|)
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23243 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23244 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23245 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23246 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23247 An example is the index entry
23248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23251 Document ! Settings
23252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23258 \begin_layout Subsection
23260 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23261 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23270 We referred for example in the index entry
23271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23278 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23281 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23285 ) to the index entry
23286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23293 in the same section using the command
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23299 GIF|see{Image formats}
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23304 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23307 \begin_layout Subsection
23309 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23310 name "Index ! Entry order"
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23319 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23320 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23324 \begin_layout Standard
23325 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23326 section\InsetSpace ~
23328 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23329 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23338 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23339 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23364 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23365 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23371 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23376 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23377 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23381 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23382 order maïs, maison, maître.
23383 To achieve this, we use the command
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23389 previous entry@current entry
23392 \begin_layout Standard
23393 In our case we want to have
23394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23409 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23412 \begin_layout Standard
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23420 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23424 \begin_layout Subsection
23426 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23427 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23434 \begin_layout Standard
23435 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23436 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23444 textit{This is an italic entry}
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23454 produces the italic layout.
23455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23456 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23460 We refer to LaTeX books (
23461 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23462 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23466 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23467 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23468 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23472 \begin_layout Standard
23477 textit{This is an italic entry}
23480 \begin_layout Standard
23481 You can also format the page number using the character
23482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23489 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23490 We can write for example
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23496 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23500 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23501 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23502 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23506 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23523 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23527 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23529 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23530 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23534 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23538 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23540 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23541 for all index entries.
23544 \begin_layout Subsection
23546 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23547 name "Index ! Program"
23552 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23553 name "sub:Index-Program"
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23566 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
23577 \begin_layout Standard
23592 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23598 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23599 manuals of the programs.
23602 \begin_layout Section
23603 Nomenclature / Glossary
23604 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23605 name "Nomenclature"
23610 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23611 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23616 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23617 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23625 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23626 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23630 \begin_layout Standard
23631 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23634 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23635 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23642 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23643 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23648 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23653 and then use the menu
23655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23660 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23663 or the toobar button
23664 \begin_inset Graphics
23665 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23683 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23688 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23689 The second is the description of the symbol.
23692 \begin_layout Standard
23693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23696 \begin_layout Standard
23701 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23702 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23710 \begin_layout Subsection
23711 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23713 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23720 \begin_layout Standard
23721 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23725 field as LaTeX-formula.
23727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23731 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23756 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23757 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23769 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23779 \begin_layout Standard
23780 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23782 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23783 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23796 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23797 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23802 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23809 in this document is:
23813 dummy entry for the character
23835 font use the command
23864 \begin_layout Subsection
23865 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23866 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23867 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23875 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23876 the symbol definition.
23877 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23878 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23881 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23883 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23890 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23894 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23897 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23902 They will be sorted by
23903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23929 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23932 will be sorted before the
23936 since the character
23937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23944 is considered in sorting.
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23948 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23953 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23954 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23956 For the given example, you can insert
23960 to this field for the
23961 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23968 will be located before
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23981 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23989 \begin_layout Subsection
23990 Nomenclature Options
23991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23992 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24004 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24005 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24008 \begin_layout Description
24009 refeq Appends the phrase
24010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24025 to every nomenclature entry, where
24031 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24034 \begin_layout Description
24035 refpage Appends the phrase
24036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24051 to every nomenclature entry, where
24057 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24060 \begin_layout Description
24061 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 There are furthermore the options
24109 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24113 \begin_layout Standard
24114 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24115 class options list in the
24117 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24121 In this document the options
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24141 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24146 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24149 \begin_layout Description
24159 \begin_layout Description
24162 nomrefpage Like the
24169 \begin_layout Description
24172 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24181 \begin_layout Description
24184 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24187 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24190 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24193 \begin_layout Subsection
24194 Printing the Nomenclature
24195 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24196 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24204 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24209 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24213 A light blue box labeled
24214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24225 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24226 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24230 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24239 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24247 For example, in order to change the name to
24251 , add the following line to the preamble:
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24262 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24265 \begin_layout Standard
24266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24273 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24274 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24285 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24288 \begin_layout Standard
24291 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24294 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24299 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24303 \begin_layout Section
24305 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24312 name "Document ! Branches"
24317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24318 name "sec:Branches"
24325 \begin_layout Standard
24326 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24327 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24328 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24329 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24332 \begin_layout Standard
24333 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24334 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24335 To create a branch, go in the
24337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24345 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24346 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24350 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24351 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24356 where you can choose a branch.
24357 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24362 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24366 \begin_inset Branch Question
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24378 \begin_layout Standard
24379 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24391 \begin_layout Section
24392 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24393 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24401 \begin_layout Subsection
24403 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24409 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24410 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24418 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24419 constructs, but not all.
24420 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24421 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24422 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24423 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24424 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24425 and their commands.
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24439 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24440 An ERT box is created by the menu
24442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24445 or by the toolbar button
24446 \begin_inset Graphics
24447 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24452 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24465 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24466 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24478 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24479 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24480 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24487 , you can write the command part
24493 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24497 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24498 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 \begin_inset Graphics
24504 filename clipart/ERT.png
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24517 This is a line with a
24521 \begin_layout Standard
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24545 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24548 \begin_layout Standard
24553 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24554 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24562 \begin_layout Subsection
24563 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24564 \begin_inset OptArg
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24575 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24581 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24589 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24590 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24591 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24600 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24601 every time if you know the right commands.
24603 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24604 the end of the day.
24605 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24606 all caption labels bold.
24607 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24609 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24613 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24614 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24615 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24617 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24625 \begin_layout Standard
24626 As result you know that the package
24631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24632 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24637 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24650 usepackage[options]{package name}
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24655 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24656 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24660 In your case the package name is
24665 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24670 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24671 So you add the command
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24679 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24683 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 For more commands provided by the
24692 package, have a look at its documentation,
24693 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24707 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24709 For example if you use a
24713 class, you don't need the package
24717 , you can instead write
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24725 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24732 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24733 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24740 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24744 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24745 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24747 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24752 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24754 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24755 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24763 \begin_layout Section
24764 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24765 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24766 name "Instant preview"
24771 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24772 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24777 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24778 name "Document ! Preview"
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24786 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24787 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24788 to break your train of thought with
24790 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24798 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24801 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24802 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24808 as explained below, and turn on
24810 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24815 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24822 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24829 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24831 Previews of an already loaded document are
24835 generated just by selecting the
24837 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24840 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24844 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24845 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24850 check box in the insert dialog.
24851 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24855 \begin_layout Standard
24856 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24860 (on some systems named simply
24865 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24866 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24871 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24872 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24880 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24884 \begin_layout Standard
24885 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24896 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24901 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24903 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24904 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24905 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24906 the source view window.
24909 \begin_layout Section
24911 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24912 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24917 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24918 name "Spell checking"
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24927 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24944 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24950 can be seen as successor of
24954 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24959 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24960 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24970 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24980 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24983 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24984 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24985 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24986 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24987 scrolled so that it is visible.
24992 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
24994 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
24998 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
24999 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25010 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25011 will bring an error message.
25012 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25013 specifying a different
25015 Alternative language
25017 in preferences dialog.
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25024 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25029 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25030 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25032 But you can use the
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25042 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25043 This does work with
25047 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25050 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25054 \begin_layout Standard
25059 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25062 \begin_layout Description
25063 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25064 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25065 checker should consider, e.g.
25066 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25067 This should not normally be needed.
25070 \begin_layout Description
25071 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25072 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25073 choice as your personal dictionary
25076 \begin_layout Description
25077 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25078 compound\InsetSpace ~
25079 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25091 \begin_layout Description
25094 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25103 also for the spellchecker.
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25111 reference "sub:Settings"
25120 Only enable this if you use
25124 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25125 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25126 so this is disabled by default.
25129 \begin_layout Section
25131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25137 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25138 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25153 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25156 or the toolbar button
25157 \begin_inset Graphics
25158 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25160 rotateOrigin center
25165 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25170 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25171 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25172 cases to find related words.
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25176 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25178 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25186 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25195 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25214 \begin_layout Section
25216 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25217 name "Change Tracking"
25222 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25223 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25228 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25229 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25237 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25238 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25239 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25240 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25243 Change\InsetSpace ~
25244 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25261 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25275 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25276 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25277 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25292 \begin_inset Graphics
25293 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25308 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25319 \begin_layout Standard
25320 \begin_inset Tabular
25321 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25322 <features islongtable="true">
25323 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25324 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25329 \begin_layout Standard
25330 \begin_inset Graphics
25331 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25333 rotateOrigin center
25342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25349 Change\InsetSpace ~
25350 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25363 \begin_inset Graphics
25364 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25366 rotateOrigin center
25375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25382 Change\InsetSpace ~
25383 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25385 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25398 \begin_inset Graphics
25399 filename ../images/change-next.png
25400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25401 rotateOrigin center
25410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25413 \begin_layout Standard
25414 Jumps to the next change
25420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 \begin_inset Graphics
25426 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25428 rotateOrigin center
25437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25444 Change\InsetSpace ~
25445 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25446 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25457 \begin_layout Standard
25458 \begin_inset Graphics
25459 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25460 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25461 rotateOrigin center
25470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25477 Change\InsetSpace ~
25478 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25479 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25490 \begin_layout Standard
25491 \begin_inset Graphics
25492 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25493 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25494 rotateOrigin center
25503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25510 Change\InsetSpace ~
25511 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 \begin_inset Graphics
25525 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25527 rotateOrigin center
25536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25539 \begin_layout Standard
25542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25543 Change\InsetSpace ~
25544 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25558 \begin_inset Graphics
25559 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25561 rotateOrigin center
25570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25573 \begin_layout Standard
25576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25577 Change\InsetSpace ~
25578 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25579 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25592 \begin_inset Graphics
25593 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25595 rotateOrigin center
25604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25611 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25624 \begin_inset Graphics
25625 filename ../images/note-next.png
25626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25627 rotateOrigin center
25636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25642 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25658 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25664 \begin_layout Standard
25665 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25666 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25667 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25668 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25669 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25670 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25671 step to the next change.
25672 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25675 \begin_layout Standard
25676 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25677 to describe a change.
25680 \begin_layout Standard
25681 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25684 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25685 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25692 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25693 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25698 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25701 \begin_layout Section
25702 International Support
25703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25704 name "International support"
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25713 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25714 how to set up LyX to use them:
25715 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25716 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25726 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25727 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25734 \begin_layout Subsection
25736 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25737 name "Language ! Options"
25742 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25743 name "Document ! Settings"
25748 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25749 name "Document ! Language"
25756 \begin_layout Standard
25759 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25762 dialog lets you set
25764 the language and character encoding for your language.
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25769 Choose your language in the
25773 section of this dialog.
25781 \begin_layout Standard
25786 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25790 use language's default encoding
25792 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25793 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25795 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25796 reference "sub:Settings"
25803 \begin_layout Subsection
25804 Keyboard mapping configuration
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25808 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25809 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25810 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25811 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25812 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
25813 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25814 which one you want to use.
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25819 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25820 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25821 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25822 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25823 one to support the characters you want.
25824 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25831 \begin_layout Subsection
25833 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25844 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25845 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25854 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25860 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25868 \begin_layout Itemize
25869 Even if you have selected
25875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25878 dialog, users who have only the
25882 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25886 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25887 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25888 french quotes won't show up.
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25892 \begin_inset Float table
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 \begin_inset Caption
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25902 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25920 \begin_inset Tabular
25921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25940 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25989 \begin_layout Standard
26004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26025 \begin_layout Standard
26040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26239 <row topline="true">
26240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26483 <row topline="true">
26484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26557 \begin_layout Standard
26571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26608 \begin_layout Standard
26622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26711 \begin_layout Standard
26725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26728 \begin_layout Standard
26743 <row topline="true">
26744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26747 \begin_layout Standard
26762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26998 <row topline="true">
26999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27258 <row topline="true">
27259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27280 \begin_layout Standard
27286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27427 \begin_layout Standard
27441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27510 <row topline="true">
27511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27762 <row topline="true">
27763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28014 <row topline="true">
28015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28274 <row topline="true">
28275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28278 \begin_layout Standard
28293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28382 \begin_layout Standard
28396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28425 \begin_layout Standard
28431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28534 <row topline="true">
28535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28538 \begin_layout Standard
28553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28565 \begin_layout Standard
28571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28591 \begin_layout Standard
28605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28608 \begin_layout Standard
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28642 \begin_layout Standard
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28685 \begin_layout Standard
28691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28728 \begin_layout Standard
28742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28779 \begin_layout Standard
28794 <row topline="true">
28795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28825 \begin_layout Standard
28831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28834 \begin_layout Standard
28848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28988 \begin_layout Standard
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Standard
29019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29054 <row topline="true">
29055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Standard
29082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29085 \begin_layout Standard
29091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29162 \begin_layout Standard
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29314 <row topline="true">
29315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29318 \begin_layout Standard
29333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29336 \begin_layout Standard
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Standard
29351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29424 \begin_layout Standard
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29561 \begin_layout Standard
29576 <row topline="true">
29577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29580 \begin_layout Standard
29595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29598 \begin_layout Standard
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29616 \begin_layout Standard
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Standard
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Standard
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29718 \begin_layout Standard
29724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29727 \begin_layout Standard
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Standard
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29828 <row topline="true">
29829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29832 \begin_layout Standard
29847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29850 \begin_layout Standard
29856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29859 \begin_layout Standard
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Standard
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Standard
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Standard
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Standard
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Standard
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Standard
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Standard
30088 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Standard
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Standard
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Standard
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Standard
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Standard
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Standard
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Standard
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Standard
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Standard
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Standard
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Standard
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Standard
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Standard
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30352 \begin_layout Standard
30353 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30355 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30356 also the characters from
30368 \begin_layout Itemize
30377 \begin_layout Standard
30378 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30383 \begin_layout Standard
30384 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30389 \begin_layout Standard
30390 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30395 \begin_layout Standard
30396 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30401 \begin_layout Standard
30407 \begin_layout Standard
30413 \begin_layout Standard
30420 \begin_layout Itemize
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30439 \begin_layout Standard
30445 \begin_layout Standard
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30457 \begin_layout Standard
30463 \begin_layout Standard
30470 \begin_layout Standard
30471 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30472 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30473 Also make sure you're using the
30480 \begin_layout Chapter
30483 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30484 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30491 \begin_layout Standard
30492 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30493 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30494 inside the user's guide.
30497 \begin_layout Section
30499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30507 \begin_layout Standard
30512 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30513 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30516 \begin_layout Subsection
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30521 Creates a new document.
30524 \begin_layout Subsection
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30529 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30530 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30531 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30534 \begin_layout Subsection
30538 \begin_layout Standard
30542 \begin_layout Subsection
30546 \begin_layout Standard
30547 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30548 Click there on a file to open it.
30551 \begin_layout Subsection
30555 \begin_layout Standard
30556 Closes the current document.
30559 \begin_layout Subsection
30563 \begin_layout Standard
30564 Saves the actual document.
30567 \begin_layout Subsection
30571 \begin_layout Standard
30572 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30575 \begin_layout Subsection
30579 \begin_layout Standard
30580 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30583 \begin_layout Subsection
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30588 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30589 It is described in the section
30591 Version Control in LyX
30595 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30601 \begin_layout Subsection
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30606 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30607 text files (ASCII-files).
30608 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30611 \begin_layout Standard
30612 When using the menu
30615 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30618 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30619 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30620 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30621 will start a new paragraph.
30624 \begin_layout Subsection
30626 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30634 \begin_layout Standard
30635 You can export your document to various file formats.
30636 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30637 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30638 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30641 \begin_layout Standard
30642 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30643 section\InsetSpace ~
30645 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30646 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30653 \begin_layout Description
30659 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30660 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30663 \begin_layout Description
30671 \begin_layout Description
30672 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30676 \begin_layout Description
30679 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30684 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30692 \begin_layout Description
30699 \begin_layout Standard
30709 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30710 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30714 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30717 \begin_layout Description
30724 \begin_layout Standard
30734 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30735 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30743 \begin_layout Description
30745 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30753 is replaced by the version number)
30756 \begin_layout Description
30757 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30770 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30774 \begin_layout Description
30779 PDF-format using the program
30784 \begin_layout Description
30790 PDF-format using the program
30795 \begin_layout Description
30801 PDF-format using the program
30806 \begin_layout Description
30815 \begin_layout Description
30822 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30823 and then exported as text using the program
30828 \begin_layout Description
30833 PostScript format using the program
30838 \begin_layout Description
30846 \begin_layout Standard
30851 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30852 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30858 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30861 \begin_layout Standard
30862 If one of the menu entries
30875 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30876 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30878 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30879 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30885 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30892 \begin_layout Standard
30897 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30898 the export program.
30901 \begin_layout Subsection
30905 \begin_layout Standard
30906 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30907 or send it to a printer.
30908 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30909 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30915 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30918 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30925 \begin_layout Subsection
30926 New and Close Window
30929 \begin_layout Standard
30930 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30931 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30934 \begin_layout Section
30936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30944 \begin_layout Subsection
30948 \begin_layout Standard
30949 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30951 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30952 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
30959 \begin_layout Subsection
30960 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
30963 \begin_layout Standard
30964 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30966 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30967 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
30974 \begin_layout Subsection
30978 \begin_layout Standard
30979 Selects the whole document.
30982 \begin_layout Subsection
30984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30985 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
30992 \begin_layout Standard
30993 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30995 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30996 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31003 \begin_layout Subsection
31004 Move paragraph Up/Down
31007 \begin_layout Standard
31008 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31012 \begin_layout Subsection
31014 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31015 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
31022 \begin_layout Standard
31023 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31025 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31026 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31033 \begin_layout Subsection
31035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31036 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31043 \begin_layout Standard
31044 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31046 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31049 \begin_layout Standard
31050 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31051 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31065 \begin_layout Subsection
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31070 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31071 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31072 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31074 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31075 reference "sec:Tables"
31079 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31081 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31082 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31089 \begin_layout Subsection
31090 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31093 \begin_layout Standard
31094 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31096 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31098 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31099 reference "sec:Nesting"
31104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31105 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31112 \begin_layout Section
31114 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31122 \begin_layout Standard
31127 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31128 document with an external program.
31129 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31130 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31131 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31133 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31134 reference "sub:Export"
31139 You should at least see the menu entries
31149 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31150 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31153 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31158 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31159 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31166 \begin_layout Standard
31167 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31168 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31170 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31171 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31176 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31183 At the bottom of the
31187 menu the opened documents are listed.
31190 \begin_layout Subsection
31194 \begin_layout Standard
31195 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31196 in section\InsetSpace ~
31198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31199 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31206 \begin_layout Subsection
31210 \begin_layout Standard
31211 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31212 opening a new view window.
31215 \begin_layout Subsection
31217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31218 name "sub:Toolbars"
31223 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31231 \begin_layout Standard
31232 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31233 All toolbars and the
31235 Command\InsetSpace ~
31238 can be turned on and off.
31243 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31261 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31265 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31272 \begin_layout Standard
31277 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31281 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31282 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31283 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31284 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31285 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31288 \begin_layout Standard
31289 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31291 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31292 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31299 \begin_layout Section
31301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31302 name "Menu ! Insert"
31309 \begin_layout Subsection
31313 \begin_layout Standard
31314 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31317 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31324 \begin_layout Subsection
31326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31327 name "sub:Special-Character"
31334 \begin_layout Standard
31335 Here you can insert the following characters:
31338 \begin_layout Description
31339 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31343 \begin_layout Description
31346 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31348 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31349 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31356 \begin_layout Description
31357 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31358 Quote Inserts this quote:
31359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31362 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31374 \begin_layout Description
31375 Single\InsetSpace ~
31376 Quote Inserts this quote:
31377 \begin_inset Quotes els
31383 \begin_layout Description
31385 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31389 \begin_layout Description
31390 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31392 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31393 name "Phonetic symbols"
31398 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31399 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31403 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31404 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31405 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31410 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31411 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31417 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31421 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31428 and this Wiki-page:
31431 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31432 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31439 \begin_layout Subsection
31443 \begin_layout Standard
31444 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31447 \begin_layout Description
31448 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31449 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31455 \begin_layout Description
31456 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31457 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31463 \begin_layout Description
31464 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31465 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31467 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31468 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31475 \begin_layout Description
31476 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31477 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31480 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31487 \begin_layout Description
31489 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31491 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31492 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31499 \begin_layout Description
31500 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31501 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31503 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31504 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31511 \begin_layout Description
31512 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31513 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31515 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31516 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31523 \begin_layout Description
31524 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31525 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31527 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31528 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31535 \begin_layout Description
31536 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31537 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31539 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31540 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31547 \begin_layout Description
31548 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31549 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31551 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31552 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31559 \begin_layout Description
31561 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31563 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31564 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31571 \begin_layout Description
31573 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31575 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31576 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31583 \begin_layout Description
31585 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31587 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31588 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31595 \begin_layout Description
31597 Double\InsetSpace ~
31598 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31600 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31601 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31608 \begin_layout Subsection
31612 \begin_layout Standard
31613 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31614 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31615 in section\InsetSpace ~
31617 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31618 reference "sec:toc"
31623 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31625 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31626 reference "sec:Index"
31630 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31632 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31633 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31637 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31639 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31640 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31647 \begin_layout Subsection
31651 \begin_layout Standard
31652 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31654 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31655 reference "sec:Floats"
31662 \begin_layout Subsection
31666 \begin_layout Standard
31667 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31669 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31670 reference "sec:Notes"
31677 \begin_layout Subsection
31681 \begin_layout Standard
31682 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31684 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31685 reference "sec:Branches"
31692 \begin_layout Subsection
31694 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31695 name "External Material"
31702 \begin_layout Standard
31703 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31704 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31715 \begin_layout Subsection
31717 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31725 \begin_layout Standard
31726 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31728 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31729 reference "sec:Minipages"
31734 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31745 \begin_layout Subsection
31749 \begin_layout Standard
31750 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31752 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31753 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31760 \begin_layout Subsection
31764 \begin_layout Standard
31765 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31767 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31768 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31775 \begin_layout Subsection
31779 \begin_layout Standard
31780 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31782 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31783 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31790 \begin_layout Subsection
31792 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31798 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31799 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31806 \begin_layout Standard
31807 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31808 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31810 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31811 reference "sec:Floats"
31815 , cations in longtables are described in section
31826 \begin_layout Subsection
31830 \begin_layout Standard
31831 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31834 reference "sec:Index"
31841 \begin_layout Subsection
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31849 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31856 \begin_layout Subsection
31860 \begin_layout Standard
31862 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31865 reference "sec:Tables"
31872 \begin_layout Subsection
31876 \begin_layout Standard
31878 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31880 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31881 reference "sec:Graphics"
31888 \begin_layout Subsection
31892 \begin_layout Standard
31893 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31895 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31896 reference "sec:URL"
31903 \begin_layout Subsection
31907 \begin_layout Standard
31908 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
31910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31911 reference "sec:Footnotes"
31918 \begin_layout Subsection
31922 \begin_layout Standard
31923 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
31925 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31926 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
31933 \begin_layout Subsection
31937 \begin_layout Standard
31938 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
31940 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31941 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
31948 \begin_layout Subsection
31952 \begin_layout Standard
31953 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
31955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31956 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
31963 \begin_layout Subsection
31965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31966 name "Program listings"
31973 \begin_layout Standard
31974 Inserts a program listings box.
31975 Program listings are explained in chapter
31977 Program Code Listings
31986 \begin_layout Subsection
31990 \begin_layout Standard
31991 Inserts the actual date in the following form: month/day/year
31994 \begin_layout Standard
31995 The format is independent of the document language.
31996 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32006 There the different methods are also compared.
32009 \begin_layout Section
32011 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32012 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32019 \begin_layout Standard
32020 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32021 the current document.
32022 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32025 \begin_layout Standard
32026 The Navigate menu also offers to
32029 \begin_layout Subsection
32033 \begin_layout Standard
32034 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32035 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32037 between section\InsetSpace ~
32039 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32040 2.5 and use the menu
32044 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32048 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32052 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32056 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32069 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32070 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32073 \begin_layout Subsection
32074 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32077 \begin_layout Standard
32078 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32082 \begin_layout Subsection
32086 \begin_layout Standard
32087 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32088 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32089 on a cross-reference box.
32092 \begin_layout Section
32094 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32095 name "Menu ! Document"
32102 \begin_layout Subsection
32106 \begin_layout Standard
32107 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32109 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32110 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32117 \begin_layout Subsection
32122 \begin_layout Standard
32132 \begin_layout Standard
32133 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32135 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32138 \begin_layout Standard
32139 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32144 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32147 \begin_layout Subsection
32151 \begin_layout Standard
32152 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32154 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32155 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32162 \begin_layout Subsection
32163 Start Appendix Here
32166 \begin_layout Standard
32167 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32168 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32170 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32171 reference "sec:Appendices"
32178 \begin_layout Subsection
32182 \begin_layout Standard
32183 Un/compresses the actual document.
32186 \begin_layout Subsection
32188 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32189 name "sub:Settings"
32194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32195 name "Document ! Settings"
32202 \begin_layout Standard
32203 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32205 You can save your document settings as default with the
32207 Save as Document Defaults
32209 button in the dialog.
32210 This will create a template named
32214 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32218 \begin_layout Standard
32219 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32222 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32226 \begin_layout Standard
32227 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32228 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32230 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32231 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32236 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32241 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32242 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32245 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32249 \begin_layout Standard
32250 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32252 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32253 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32260 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32264 \begin_layout Standard
32265 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32267 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32271 \begin_layout Standard
32272 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32273 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32274 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32277 \begin_layout Standard
32278 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32286 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32290 \begin_layout Standard
32291 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32294 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32299 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32300 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32307 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32311 \begin_layout Standard
32312 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32314 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32315 reference "sub:Margins"
32322 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32324 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32325 name "Language ! Encoding"
32332 \begin_layout Standard
32333 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32334 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32335 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32336 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32337 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32338 known for a particular character).
32342 \begin_layout Standard
32343 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32344 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32349 manual for details.
32357 \begin_layout Standard
32358 If you use the option
32360 use language's default encoding
32362 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32364 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32365 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32366 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32367 exactly one encoding.
32368 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32376 \begin_layout Standard
32377 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32378 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32380 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32381 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32396 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32397 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32398 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32399 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32400 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32403 use language's default encoding
32405 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32406 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32407 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32410 \begin_layout Standard
32411 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32414 \begin_layout Description
32418 use language's default encoding
32420 , but the LaTeX-package
32425 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32426 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32431 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32434 \begin_layout Description
32435 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32438 \begin_layout Description
32439 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32440 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32443 \begin_layout Description
32444 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32447 \begin_layout Description
32448 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32451 \begin_layout Description
32452 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32455 \begin_layout Description
32456 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32459 \begin_layout Description
32460 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32463 \begin_layout Description
32464 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32465 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32468 \begin_layout Description
32469 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32470 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32473 \begin_layout Description
32474 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32477 \begin_layout Description
32478 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32481 \begin_layout Description
32482 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32485 \begin_layout Description
32486 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32489 \begin_layout Description
32490 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32491 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32492 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32496 \begin_layout Description
32497 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32498 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32501 \begin_layout Description
32502 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32506 \begin_layout Description
32507 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32510 \begin_layout Description
32511 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32512 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32515 \begin_layout Description
32516 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32517 the euro currency sign, the
32521 \begin_layout Standard
32530 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32531 be the replacement for latin1
32534 \begin_layout Description
32535 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32538 \begin_layout Description
32539 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32544 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32545 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32549 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32552 \begin_layout Description
32553 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32557 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32560 \begin_layout Description
32561 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32566 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32567 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32571 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32574 \begin_layout Description
32575 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32579 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32587 \begin_layout Standard
32588 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32589 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32602 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32606 \begin_layout Standard
32607 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32608 in section\InsetSpace ~
32610 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32611 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32618 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32622 \begin_layout Standard
32623 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32627 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32638 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32639 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32644 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32646 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32647 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32654 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32658 \begin_layout Standard
32659 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32663 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32672 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32673 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32679 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32682 \begin_layout Standard
32687 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32688 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32691 \begin_layout Standard
32696 is used for special integral characters.
32699 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32703 \begin_layout Standard
32704 The float placement options are described in section
32705 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32709 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32710 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32717 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32721 \begin_layout Standard
32722 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32723 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32725 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32726 reference "sec:Itemize"
32733 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32737 \begin_layout Standard
32738 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32740 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32741 reference "sec:Branches"
32748 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32753 \begin_layout Standard
32763 \begin_layout Standard
32764 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32765 to define LaTeX-commands.
32766 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32767 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32771 \begin_layout Standard
32772 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32774 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32775 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32782 \begin_layout Section
32784 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32785 name "Menu ! Tools"
32792 \begin_layout Subsection
32796 \begin_layout Standard
32797 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32800 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32807 \begin_layout Subsection
32811 \begin_layout Standard
32812 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32814 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32815 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32822 \begin_layout Subsection
32824 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32832 \begin_layout Standard
32833 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32837 \begin_layout Subsection
32842 \begin_layout Standard
32850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32851 name "TeX Information"
32858 \begin_layout Standard
32859 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32862 \begin_layout Subsection
32864 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32865 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32871 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32878 \begin_layout Standard
32879 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32880 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32882 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32883 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32890 \begin_layout Subsection
32894 \begin_layout Standard
32895 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32896 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32900 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32901 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32908 \begin_layout Section
32910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32918 \begin_layout Standard
32919 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32923 \begin_layout Standard
32929 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32930 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32933 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32940 \begin_layout Section
32942 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32943 name "sec:Toolbars"
32950 \begin_layout Standard
32951 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32953 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32954 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32961 \begin_layout Standard
32962 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32963 This is described in the
32971 \begin_layout Subsection
32973 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32974 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
32981 \begin_layout Standard
32982 \begin_inset Graphics
32983 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
32991 \begin_layout Standard
32992 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32998 \begin_layout Standard
32999 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33004 \begin_layout Standard
33016 \begin_inset Note Note
33019 \begin_layout Standard
33020 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33025 manual for more information.
33033 \begin_layout Standard
33034 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33040 \begin_layout Standard
33041 \begin_inset Tabular
33042 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33043 <features islongtable="true">
33044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Standard
33051 \begin_inset Graphics
33052 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33066 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33079 \begin_layout Standard
33080 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33086 \begin_layout Standard
33088 \begin_inset Tabular
33089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33090 <features islongtable="true">
33091 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33092 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Standard
33100 \begin_inset Graphics
33101 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Standard
33117 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Standard
33129 \begin_inset Graphics
33130 filename ../images/file-open.png
33131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Standard
33146 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Standard
33158 \begin_inset Graphics
33159 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Standard
33175 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Standard
33187 \begin_inset Graphics
33188 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Standard
33204 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Standard
33216 \begin_inset Graphics
33217 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33233 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Standard
33245 \begin_inset Graphics
33246 filename ../images/undo.png
33247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Standard
33262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Standard
33274 \begin_inset Graphics
33275 filename ../images/redo.png
33276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Standard
33291 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Standard
33303 \begin_inset Graphics
33304 filename ../images/cut.png
33305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Standard
33320 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Standard
33332 \begin_inset Graphics
33333 filename ../images/copy.png
33334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Standard
33349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Standard
33361 \begin_inset Graphics
33362 filename ../images/paste.png
33363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Standard
33378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Standard
33390 \begin_inset Graphics
33391 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33393 rotateOrigin center
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Standard
33408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33409 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33410 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Standard
33422 \begin_inset Graphics
33423 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Standard
33437 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33439 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Standard
33454 \begin_inset Graphics
33455 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Standard
33469 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33471 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Standard
33486 \begin_inset Graphics
33487 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Standard
33501 Formats text using the current settings in the
33503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Standard
33518 \begin_inset Graphics
33519 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33520 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Standard
33535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33536 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33537 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Standard
33549 \begin_inset Graphics
33550 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33552 rotateOrigin center
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Standard
33567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Standard
33579 \begin_inset Graphics
33580 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33582 rotateOrigin center
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Standard
33597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Standard
33609 \begin_inset Graphics
33610 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33612 rotateOrigin center
33621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33624 \begin_layout Standard
33625 Toggle outline window on/off,
33627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Standard
33639 \begin_inset Graphics
33640 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33642 rotateOrigin center
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Standard
33655 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Standard
33666 \begin_inset Graphics
33667 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33669 rotateOrigin center
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33682 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33695 \begin_layout Subsection
33697 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33698 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33705 \begin_layout Standard
33706 \begin_inset Graphics
33707 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33715 \begin_layout Standard
33716 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33722 \begin_layout Standard
33723 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33727 \begin_layout Standard
33728 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33734 \begin_layout Standard
33735 \begin_inset Tabular
33736 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33737 <features islongtable="true">
33738 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33739 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33745 \begin_inset Graphics
33746 filename ../images/layout.png
33747 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33748 rotateOrigin center
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Standard
33767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Standard
33772 \begin_inset Graphics
33773 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33775 rotateOrigin center
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Standard
33794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33799 \begin_inset Graphics
33800 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33802 rotateOrigin center
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Standard
33821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Standard
33826 \begin_inset Graphics
33827 filename ../images/layout_List.png
33828 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33829 rotateOrigin center
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Standard
33848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33853 \begin_inset Graphics
33854 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
33855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33856 rotateOrigin center
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Standard
33880 \begin_inset Graphics
33881 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
33882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33883 rotateOrigin center
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33899 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Standard
33912 \begin_inset Graphics
33913 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
33914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33915 rotateOrigin center
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Standard
33930 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33931 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Standard
33944 \begin_inset Graphics
33945 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
33946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33962 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33974 \begin_inset Graphics
33975 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
33976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33992 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34004 \begin_inset Graphics
34005 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34006 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Standard
34021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 \begin_inset Graphics
34034 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Standard
34062 \begin_inset Graphics
34063 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34064 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34076 \begin_layout Standard
34079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Standard
34091 \begin_inset Graphics
34092 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34093 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34121 \begin_inset Graphics
34122 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34138 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34139 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34151 \begin_inset Graphics
34152 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34153 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Standard
34180 \begin_inset Graphics
34181 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34183 rotateOrigin center
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Standard
34198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34199 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Standard
34211 \begin_inset Graphics
34212 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34229 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Standard
34242 \begin_inset Graphics
34243 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Standard
34259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Standard
34271 \begin_inset Graphics
34272 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Standard
34315 \begin_inset Graphics
34316 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34333 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Standard
34346 \begin_inset Graphics
34347 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34349 rotateOrigin center
34358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34361 \begin_layout Standard
34364 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Standard
34377 \begin_inset Graphics
34378 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34380 rotateOrigin center
34389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34396 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Standard
34408 \begin_inset Graphics
34409 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34411 rotateOrigin center
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Standard
34426 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34440 \begin_layout Subsection
34441 View / Update Toolbar
34442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34443 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34451 \begin_inset Graphics
34452 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34459 \begin_layout Standard
34460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34466 \begin_layout Standard
34467 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34471 \begin_layout Standard
34472 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34478 \begin_layout Standard
34479 \begin_inset Tabular
34480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34481 <features islongtable="true">
34482 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34489 \begin_inset Graphics
34490 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34492 rotateOrigin center
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34507 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34519 \begin_inset Graphics
34520 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34522 rotateOrigin center
34531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34537 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34538 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34549 \begin_layout Standard
34550 \begin_inset Graphics
34551 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34553 rotateOrigin center
34562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34565 \begin_layout Standard
34568 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Standard
34580 \begin_inset Graphics
34581 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34583 rotateOrigin center
34592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34598 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34599 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34606 functionality is merged with
34608 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 \begin_inset Graphics
34629 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34631 rotateOrigin center
34640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34643 \begin_layout Standard
34646 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34657 \begin_layout Standard
34658 \begin_inset Graphics
34659 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34660 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34661 rotateOrigin center
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Standard
34676 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34677 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34691 \begin_layout Subsection
34695 \begin_layout Standard
34696 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34698 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34699 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34703 , the table toolbar
34704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34705 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34709 is explained in the
34716 \begin_layout Chapter
34722 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34723 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34728 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34729 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
34736 \begin_layout Standard
34737 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34739 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34742 \begin_layout Section
34746 \begin_layout Subsection
34748 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34754 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34755 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34761 name "Customization ! of menus"
34768 \begin_layout Standard
34769 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34777 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34786 User Interface File
34787 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34788 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34793 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34794 name "Customization ! of menus"
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34802 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
34803 interface (ui) file.
34804 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
34805 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
34814 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
34815 files and edit the entries.
34818 \begin_layout Standard
34819 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
34831 entries must be ended with an explicit
34856 and in the case of the
34857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34869 The syntax for the entries is:
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34873 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34882 menu or button name
34883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34897 \begin_layout Standard
34899 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34902 All LyX-functions are listed in
34903 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34911 \begin_layout Standard
34912 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34918 \begin_layout Standard
34919 An example: Assuming you use the menu
34921 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34924 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
34928 \begin_layout Standard
34929 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34934 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
34937 \begin_layout Standard
34939 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34942 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
34945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34947 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34955 \begin_layout Standard
34956 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34957 Several binding files are available:
34960 \begin_layout Description
34961 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
34964 \begin_layout Description
34965 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
34976 \begin_layout Description
34977 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34981 \begin_layout Standard
34982 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
34986 , and bind files for special languages.
34987 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
34989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34997 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35001 \begin_layout Standard
35002 Some bind-files, like
35006 , have only a small scope.
35007 When looking at the the end of the file
35011 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35014 \begin_layout Standard
35015 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35016 s with a text editor.
35017 The syntax of the entries is:
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35044 \begin_layout Standard
35045 All LyX-functions are listed in
35046 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35058 \begin_layout Standard
35061 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35062 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35063 restore window size, or use fixed size
35065 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35069 \begin_layout Standard
35072 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35073 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35074 restore window position
35076 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35079 \begin_layout Standard
35082 Restore cursor positions
35084 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35088 \begin_layout Standard
35091 Load opened files from last session
35093 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35100 \begin_layout Standard
35105 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35108 \begin_layout Standard
35113 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35116 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35127 \begin_layout Standard
35130 Cursor follows scrollbar
35132 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35136 \begin_layout Subsection
35138 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35139 name "Font ! Screen"
35146 \begin_layout Standard
35147 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35154 \begin_layout Standard
35159 This section only deals with the fonts
35164 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35167 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35178 \begin_layout Standard
35179 By default, LyX uses
35183 as roman (serif) font,
35191 (depends on the system) as
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35208 You can change the font size with the
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35220 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35221 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35222 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35223 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35224 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35226 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35227 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35239 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35240 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35244 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35246 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35247 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35254 \begin_layout Subsection
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35260 Choose an item in the list and use the
35267 \begin_layout Subsection
35271 \begin_layout Standard
35272 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35275 \begin_layout Standard
35280 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35281 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35284 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35291 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35294 name "Keyboard Map"
35301 \begin_layout Standard
35302 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35303 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35304 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35306 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35307 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35314 \begin_layout Standard
35315 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35323 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35331 \begin_layout Section
35335 \begin_layout Section
35339 \begin_layout Section
35343 \begin_layout Subsection
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35352 is the language used in new documents.
35353 The Language package should always be babel.
35354 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
35356 A text label is for instance the word
35357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35364 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35371 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
35372 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
35374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35375 reference "sec:ERT"
35382 \begin_layout Standard
35390 \begin_layout Standard
35391 There are also the following options in the menu:
35394 \begin_layout Description
35396 babel whether babel is used or not
35399 \begin_layout Description
35403 \begin_layout Description
35408 \begin_layout Description
35413 \begin_layout Description
35415 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35416 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
35417 the document language will be blue underlined
35420 \begin_layout Description
35424 language\InsetSpace ~
35425 support enables the use of languages, written from right
35426 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
35429 \begin_layout Subsection
35433 \begin_layout Standard
35434 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35436 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35437 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35444 \begin_layout Section
35448 \begin_layout Subsection
35452 \begin_layout Subsection
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35457 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
35460 \begin_layout Standard
35462 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
35465 \begin_layout Standard
35467 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35472 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35477 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
35480 \begin_layout Standard
35482 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35487 %d day of month (01..31)
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35497 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35502 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35507 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35510 \begin_layout Standard
35512 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35520 \begin_layout Standard
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35530 \begin_layout Standard
35532 %j day of year (001..366)
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35545 \begin_layout Standard
35550 \begin_layout Standard
35555 \begin_layout Standard
35560 \begin_layout Standard
35562 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
35565 \begin_layout Standard
35567 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
35570 \begin_layout Standard
35572 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
35575 \begin_layout Standard
35577 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
35580 \begin_layout Standard
35582 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35587 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
35590 \begin_layout Standard
35592 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35597 %t a horizontal tab
35600 \begin_layout Standard
35602 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35607 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35612 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35617 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35622 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
35625 \begin_layout Standard
35627 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
35630 \begin_layout Standard
35632 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
35635 \begin_layout Standard
35637 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35642 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35652 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35657 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
35660 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35669 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
35672 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35673 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35677 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
35687 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
35688 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35691 \begin_layout Subsection
35696 \begin_layout Standard
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Section
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
35717 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
35727 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
35728 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
35731 \begin_layout Enumerate
35732 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
35735 \begin_layout Enumerate
35736 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
35737 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35741 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
35742 two different Format names for
35746 files to be able to use either.
35747 Both are included by default in the
35752 Have a look and then invent your own!
35755 \begin_layout Standard
35756 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
35757 For example, you might want to use
35761 to examine PostScript files, or
35765 to preview the LaTeX output.
35766 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
35769 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35770 Preferences:Converters
35773 For example, to change the
35781 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
35785 (or whatever), and hit
35792 \begin_layout Section
35796 \begin_layout Section
35800 \begin_layout Section
35801 BibTeX and makeindex
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35805 Both the bibliography generating command (default
35809 ) and the index generating command (default
35822 As an alternative for
35830 can be recommended.
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 The command to enter is
35838 \begin_layout Quote
35841 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
35844 \begin_layout Standard
35845 where the placeholder
35849 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35854 have installed the packages
35871 at a shell prompt for a help page.
35874 \begin_layout Chapter
35875 Units available in LyX
35876 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35882 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35883 name "cha:Units-available-in"
35890 \begin_layout Standard
35891 To understand the units described in this documentation,
35892 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35893 reference "cap:Units"
35897 explains all units available in LyX.
35900 \begin_layout Standard
35901 \begin_inset Float table
35907 \begin_layout Standard
35908 \begin_inset Caption
35910 \begin_layout Standard
35911 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35924 \begin_layout Standard
35925 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35933 \begin_inset Tabular
35934 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
35937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
35938 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
35939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35958 <row topline="true">
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Standard
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35978 <row topline="true">
35979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35982 \begin_layout Standard
35988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35991 \begin_layout Standard
35998 <row topline="true">
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Standard
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36018 <row topline="true">
36019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36022 \begin_layout Standard
36028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36031 \begin_layout Standard
36032 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36033 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36040 <row topline="true">
36041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36044 \begin_layout Standard
36050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36054 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36055 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36062 <row topline="true">
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Standard
36072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36075 \begin_layout Standard
36076 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36077 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36084 <row topline="true">
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Standard
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36098 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36099 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36106 <row topline="true">
36107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36120 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36122 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36125 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36132 <row topline="true">
36133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36136 \begin_layout Standard
36142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36145 \begin_layout Standard
36146 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36147 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36154 <row topline="true">
36155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36158 \begin_layout Standard
36164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36167 \begin_layout Standard
36168 % of original image width
36174 <row topline="true">
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Standard
36184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36187 \begin_layout Standard
36194 <row topline="true">
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Standard
36204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36207 \begin_layout Standard
36214 <row topline="true">
36215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36234 <row topline="true">
36235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36247 \begin_layout Standard
36254 <row topline="true">
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36274 <row topline="true">
36275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36278 \begin_layout Standard
36284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36294 <row topline="true">
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Standard
36304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36307 \begin_layout Standard
36318 <row topline="true">
36319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36342 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36346 \begin_layout Standard
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36357 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36376 \begin_layout Chapter
36378 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36388 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36391 \begin_layout Itemize
36394 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36397 \begin_layout Itemize
36403 \begin_layout Itemize
36409 \begin_layout Itemize
36415 \begin_layout Itemize
36421 \begin_layout Itemize
36427 \begin_layout Itemize
36433 \begin_layout Itemize
36439 \begin_layout Itemize
36442 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
36445 \begin_layout Itemize
36451 \begin_layout Itemize
36457 \begin_layout Itemize
36463 \begin_layout Itemize
36469 \begin_layout Itemize
36475 \begin_layout Itemize
36481 \begin_layout Itemize
36487 \begin_layout Itemize
36493 \begin_layout Itemize
36495 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
36503 \begin_layout Standard
36506 Bibliography created with the
36513 \begin_layout Bibliography
36514 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36528 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36538 \begin_inset Note Note
36541 \begin_layout Standard
36548 is explained in the
36553 It creates a TOC entry.
36556 \begin_layout Standard
36557 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
36558 two different ones in one document.
36567 \begin_layout Standard
36571 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
36580 \begin_layout Standard
36588 \begin_inset Note Note
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36598 is explained in the
36603 It creates a hyperlink.
36611 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36612 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
36619 \begin_layout Bibliography
36620 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36621 key "latexcompanion"
36625 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
36627 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
36630 Addison-Wesley, 2004
36633 \begin_layout Bibliography
36634 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36639 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
36642 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
36645 Addison-Wesley, 2003
36648 \begin_layout Bibliography
36649 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36656 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
36659 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
36662 \begin_layout Bibliography
36663 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36675 Addison-Wesley, 1984
36678 \begin_layout Bibliography
36679 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36687 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36688 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
36695 \begin_layout Bibliography
36696 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36702 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36703 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
36704 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
36711 \begin_layout Bibliography
36712 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36725 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36741 of the LaTeX-package
36746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36747 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
36754 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36755 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
36762 \begin_layout Bibliography
36763 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36772 \begin_layout Standard
36776 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
36786 \begin_layout Standard
36793 of the LaTeX-package
36798 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36799 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
36806 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36807 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
36814 \begin_layout Bibliography
36815 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36824 \begin_layout Standard
36828 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36845 of the LaTeX-package
36850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36851 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
36858 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36859 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
36866 \begin_layout Bibliography
36867 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36876 \begin_layout Standard
36880 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
36889 \begin_layout Standard
36896 of the LaTeX-package
36901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36902 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
36909 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36910 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
36917 \begin_layout Bibliography
36918 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36931 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
36940 \begin_layout Standard
36947 of the LaTeX-package
36952 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36953 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
36960 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36961 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
36968 \begin_layout Bibliography
36969 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36978 \begin_layout Standard
36982 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36998 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37001 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37002 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37009 \begin_layout Bibliography
37010 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37023 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37039 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37042 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37043 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37050 \begin_layout Bibliography
37051 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37064 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37073 \begin_layout Standard
37080 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37083 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37084 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37091 \begin_layout Bibliography
37092 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37101 \begin_layout Standard
37105 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37121 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37124 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37125 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37132 \begin_layout Bibliography
37133 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37142 \begin_layout Standard
37146 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37162 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37165 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37166 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37173 \begin_layout Bibliography
37174 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37183 \begin_layout Standard
37187 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37203 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37206 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37207 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37214 \begin_layout Standard
37218 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37219 options "biblio/alphadin"
37220 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37227 \begin_layout Standard
37228 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37231 \begin_layout Standard
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37239 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37249 \begin_inset Note Note
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37259 is explained in the
37264 It creates a TOC entry.
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37269 two different ones in one document.
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37280 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37285 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex